WO2020226313A1 - Infant carrier - Google Patents

Infant carrier Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2020226313A1
WO2020226313A1 PCT/KR2020/005518 KR2020005518W WO2020226313A1 WO 2020226313 A1 WO2020226313 A1 WO 2020226313A1 KR 2020005518 W KR2020005518 W KR 2020005518W WO 2020226313 A1 WO2020226313 A1 WO 2020226313A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
wearing
waist
back plate
cable
wearing part
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/KR2020/005518
Other languages
French (fr)
Korean (ko)
Inventor
이진섭
Original Assignee
주식회사 아이엔젤
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from KR1020190052469A external-priority patent/KR102042518B1/en
Priority claimed from KR1020190052465A external-priority patent/KR102042517B1/en
Priority claimed from KR1020190053611A external-priority patent/KR102042519B1/en
Priority claimed from KR1020190056180A external-priority patent/KR102076578B1/en
Application filed by 주식회사 아이엔젤 filed Critical 주식회사 아이엔젤
Publication of WO2020226313A1 publication Critical patent/WO2020226313A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A47FURNITURE; DOMESTIC ARTICLES OR APPLIANCES; COFFEE MILLS; SPICE MILLS; SUCTION CLEANERS IN GENERAL
    • A47DFURNITURE SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR CHILDREN
    • A47D13/00Other nursery furniture
    • A47D13/02Baby-carriers; Carry-cots
    • A47D13/025Baby-carriers; Carry-cots for carrying children in seated position
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A41WEARING APPAREL
    • A41BSHIRTS; UNDERWEAR; BABY LINEN; HANDKERCHIEFS
    • A41B13/00Baby linen
    • A41B13/06Slip-in bags; Swaddling clothes

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a carrier for infants.
  • the infant carrier is used to stably support the infant when the infant is out of walking, for convenience and safety, when the infant is held on the user's chest or on the back.
  • Embodiments of the present invention have been devised to solve the problem of the prior art described above, and distribute the infant's weight so that the infant's weight is not concentrated on a specific part of the user's body and reduce the burden on the user's body.
  • a waist wearing member provided to be worn on a user's waist and including a first wearing portion and a second wearing portion;
  • a tightening unit provided on the waist wearing member and configured to adjust a gap between the first wearing portion and the second wearing portion when the waist wearing member is worn on the user's waist;
  • a cover detachably connected to the waist wearing member to cover at least a portion of the tightening unit;
  • a back plate detachably attached to one side of the cover and capable of supporting the waist of the user, a carrier for infants may be provided.
  • a waist wearing member provided to be worn on the user's waist and including a first wearing portion and a second wearing portion;
  • a tightening unit provided on the waist wearing member and configured to adjust a gap between the first wearing portion and the second wearing portion when the waist wearing member is worn on the user's waist;
  • An elastic member connected to an end of at least one of the first wearing part and the second wearing part and having a variable length;
  • a back plate connected to an end of the elastic member and capable of supporting the user's waist, and the length of the elastic member is changed as the distance between the first wearing part and the second wearing part is adjusted.
  • a changeable, infant carrier can be provided.
  • a waist wearing member provided to be worn on the user's waist and including a first wearing portion and a second wearing portion;
  • a tightening unit provided on the waist wearing member and configured to adjust a gap between the first wearing portion and the second wearing portion when the waist wearing member is worn on the user's waist;
  • a back plate including a back plate provided as a material having a predetermined rigidity to support the user's waist, wherein the tightening unit connects the waist wearing member and the back plate, and slides with respect to the back plate.
  • a waist wearing member provided to be worn on the user's waist and including a first wearing portion and a second wearing portion;
  • a tightening unit provided on the waist wearing member and configured to adjust a gap between the first wearing portion and the second wearing portion when the waist wearing member is worn on the user's waist;
  • a back plate including a back plate provided as a material having a predetermined rigidity to support the user's waist, wherein the tightening unit is fastened to the back plate and provided to be slidably moved with respect to the back plate Including, the moving member, a first moving member connected to the first wearing part; And a second moving member connected to the second wearing part, and as the first moving member and the second moving member are moved in a direction away from each other by an operation of the tightening unit, the first wearing part and the An infant carrier may be provided, in which the gap between the second wearing parts is narrowed.
  • the infant carrier when the infant carrier is worn, it is possible to distribute the infant's weight so that the infant's weight is not concentrated on a specific part of the user's body and reduce the burden on the user's body.
  • FIG. 1 is a perspective view showing a carrier for infants according to a first embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 2 is a view showing a state in which the waist wearing member of the infant carrier of FIG. 1 is unfolded.
  • FIG. 3 is an enlarged view of an enlarged cable member and a locking portion of FIG. 2.
  • FIG. 4 is a view showing a modified example of the tightening unit of FIG. 3.
  • FIG. 5 is a cross-sectional view taken along line A-A' of FIG. 1.
  • FIG. 6 is a view showing a state in which the circumferential length of the waist wearing member is reduced by operating the tightening unit of the infant carrier of FIG. 2.
  • FIG. 7 is a view showing an infant carrier according to a second embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 8 is an enlarged view of an enlarged cable member and a locking portion of FIG. 7.
  • FIG. 9 is a view showing a state in which the circumferential length of the waist wearing member is reduced by operating the tightening unit of the infant carrier of FIG. 7.
  • FIG. 10 is a perspective view showing a carrier for infants according to a third embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 11 is a view showing a state in which the waist wearing member of the infant carrier of FIG. 10 is unfolded.
  • FIG. 12 is a diagram illustrating various embodiments of the cable guide of FIG. 11.
  • FIG. 13 is a view showing a state before the length of the waist wearing member of FIG. 10 is reduced.
  • FIG. 14 is a view showing a state in which the length of the waist wearing member of FIG. 13 is reduced.
  • FIG. 15 is a view showing a detailed configuration of a back plate and a waist wearing member of the infant carrier according to the fourth embodiment of the present invention.
  • 16 is a perspective view showing a carrier for infants according to a fifth embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 17 is a view showing a state in which the waist wearing member of the infant carrier of FIG. 16 is unfolded.
  • FIG. 18 is an exploded perspective view showing a method of fastening the back plate of FIG. 16 and the moving member.
  • FIG. 19 is a view showing the back plate of FIG. 17.
  • FIG. 20 is a view showing a state before the length of the waist wearing member of FIG. 16 is reduced.
  • FIG. 21 is a view showing a state in which the length of the waist wearing member of FIG. 19 is reduced.
  • FIG. 22 is a view showing a connection state of a back plate and a waist wearing member of the infant carrier according to the first modification of FIG. 16.
  • FIG. 23 is a view showing a connection state of a back plate and a waist wearing member of the infant carrier according to the second modification of FIG. 16.
  • FIG. 24 is a view showing a connection state between a back plate and a waist wearing member of the infant carrier according to the third modified example of FIG. 16.
  • 25 is a perspective view showing a carrier for infants according to a sixth embodiment of the present invention.
  • 26 is a view showing a state in which the waist wearing member of the infant carrier of FIG. 25 is unfolded.
  • FIG. 27 is a diagram illustrating a state in which the first wearing part and the second wearing part of FIG. 26 are close to each other.
  • FIG. 28 is a diagram illustrating various embodiments of the cable guide of FIG. 26.
  • 29 is a view showing a state before the length of the waist wearing member of FIG. 25 is reduced.
  • FIG. 30 is a view showing a state in which the length of the waist wearing member of FIG. 28 is reduced.
  • a component when referred to as being'connected','supported', or'contacted' with another component, it is understood that it may be directly connected, supported, or contacted with the other component, but other components may exist in the middle. Should be.
  • the infant carrier 1 may be used to move an infant.
  • the user may move the infant carrier 1 while the infant carrier 1 is worn on the body, while the infant is seated and supported on the infant carrier 1.
  • This infant carrier (1) may include a waist wearing member (10), hip seat (20), baby carrier (30), tightening unit (40), cover (50), back plate (60) and connector (70) have.
  • the waist wearing member 10 may be formed to cover all or part of the user's waist.
  • the waist wearing member 10 may include a first wearing part 11 and a second wearing part 12 connected to each other by a cable member 100 to be described later.
  • the waist wearing member 10 may be configured to be fastened to the user's waist while being supported by the user's waist.
  • the overall length of the waist wearing member 10 may be adjusted.
  • the total length of the waist wearing member 10 is the length of the first wearing part 11 and the second wearing part 12 and the distance between the first wearing part 11 and the second wearing part 12, and the cable member
  • the waist wearing member 10 may be understood as the circumferential length surrounding the user's waist.
  • the waist wearing member 10 may be formed to extend to both sides of the hip sheet 20, and may be provided in a belt shape having ends on both sides.
  • the hip seat 20 may support the infant's load by supporting the infant's buttocks.
  • the hip sheet 20 may be connected to the waist wearing member 10, and the end of the first wearing part 11 of the waist wearing member 10 is connected to one side, and the other side of the waist wearing member 10 2
  • the end of the wearing part 12 may be connected.
  • the hip sheet 20 may include a foam for maintaining its shape firmly and a fabric covering the foam, and the upper side of the hip sheet 20 feels fluffy when the infant's buttocks are seated.
  • a sheet member providing a can be provided.
  • the sheet member may be made of a material such as styrofoam, for example.
  • the hip sheet 20 when viewed from the side, may be formed in a gently curved shape, and the upper surface of the hip sheet 20 is inclined to increase in a direction away from the user when the user wears the hip sheet 20 Can have Accordingly, when the infant is seated on the hip seat 20, the upper body of the infant is inclined toward the user's body, thereby providing comfort and stability to the infant.
  • the baby carrier 30 may be provided to support an infant's body.
  • the baby carrier 30 may include a support portion 31 for supporting the back or buttocks of an infant, and a shoulder strap 32 connected to the support portion 31 and attached to the shoulder of the user.
  • the shoulder strap 32 may include a length adjustable strap.
  • the baby carrier 30 is connected to the hip seat 20, the hip seat 20 is shown to be connected to the waist wearing member 10, but in some cases, the hip seat 20 and Any one of the baby carriers 30 may be configured to be selectively removed, or any one may be omitted.
  • the hip seat 20 is omitted, the baby carrier 30 is connected to the waist wearing member 10 so that the baby carrier 30 can support the hips and back of the infant, and the baby carrier 30 is omitted. If so, the infant's buttocks may be seated on the hip seat 20 without the baby carrier 30.
  • the tightening unit 40 may be provided to adjust the overall length of the waist wearing member 10.
  • the length adjustment of the waist wearing member 10 may be performed by operating the tightening unit 40 while the user is wearing the infant carrier 1.
  • the tightening unit 40 may include a cable member 100, an adjustment part 200 and a locking part 300.
  • Both ends of the cable member 100 may be connected to the adjusting unit 200, and may be wound in the adjusting unit 200 by rotating the adjusting unit 200.
  • the cable member 100 may be provided so as not to be exposed to the outside by being accommodated in the waist wearing member 10, and only partially exposed between the first wearing part 11 and the second wearing part 12 It can be provided. However, the portion of the cable member 100 exposed to the outside may be covered by a cover 50 to be described later.
  • the cable member 100 may extend from the adjustment unit 200 to pass through the locking unit 300 and then extend back to the adjustment unit 200 to be connected to the adjustment unit 200. This cable member 100 may be provided as a wire.
  • the adjustment unit 200 may be provided to adjust the overall length of the waist wearing member 10 by winding or unwinding the cable member 100 from the inside by rotation.
  • the adjustment part 200 may be disposed on the outer circumferential surface of the waist wearing member 10 and may be provided on any one of the first wearing part and the second wearing part.
  • the overall length of the waist wearing member 10 may be adjusted as the user manipulates the adjustment unit 200 even when wearing the infant carrier 1.
  • the adjustment unit 200 is rotated in one direction (eg, clockwise) so that the cable member 100 is wound therein, and is rotated in the other direction (eg, counterclockwise), so that the cable member ( 100) can be configured to be released.
  • this is only an example, and the spirit of the present invention is not limited by the configuration of the adjustment unit 200 as described above.
  • the adjustment unit 200 may further include a stopper (not shown) that can selectively limit rotation of the adjustment unit 200 in other directions, and is locked by the stopper.
  • the stopper may include grooves and protrusions that engage with each other when the adjustment unit 200 is locked. Accordingly, when the adjustment unit 200 is in the locked state, rotation in one direction to reduce the overall length of the waist wearing member 10 is allowed, but in the other direction to increase the overall length of the waist wearing member 10 The rotation of can be limited by the stopper.
  • the adjusting unit 200 is arbitrarily rotated in the locked state, so that the wound state of the cable member 100 may be prevented from unintentionally unwinding.
  • the adjustment unit 200 may further include a cap (not shown) selectively movable toward a direction away from the waist wearing member 10.
  • a cap selectively movable toward a direction away from the waist wearing member 10.
  • the adjustment unit 200 when the cap of the adjustment unit 200 is moved in a direction closer to the waist wearing member 10, the adjustment unit 200 is placed in a locked state in which only one direction rotation is possible, and adjustment When the cap of the part 200 is moved in a direction away from the waist wearing member 10, it may be provided so that the locked state of the adjusting part 200 is released.
  • the cable member 100 may be wound inside the adjusting part 200 by rotating the adjusting part 200 in a locked state. As the cable member 100 is wound around the adjusting part 200, the distance between the first wearing part 11 and the second wearing part 12 becomes close, and the overall length of the waist wearing member 10 may be reduced.
  • the user wants to increase the overall length of the waist wearing member 10, after releasing the locked state of the adjustment unit 200, the user rotates the adjustment unit 200 or the first wearing unit 11 and the first 2
  • the overall length of the waist wearing member 10 may be increased by pulling the wearing part 12 away from each other and releasing it while the cable member 100 is wound.
  • the distance between the first wearing unit 11 and the second wearing unit 12 may increase, and the overall length of the waist wearing member 10 may be increased. In this way, since the entire length of the waist wearing member 10 can be adjusted by winding or unwinding the cable member 100 by the adjustment unit 200, the overall length of the waist wearing member 10 can be adjusted more finely. have.
  • the locking part 300 may support the cable member 100 to be movable.
  • the locking part 300 may include a first locking hole 310 and a cable guide 330.
  • the first locking hole 310 may guide the cable member 100 and may be formed to allow the cable member 100 to pass.
  • the first locking hole 310 is disposed at one end of the first wearing part 11 and may include at least one ring.
  • the first locking hole 310 may be disposed at an end of the first wearing part 11 facing the second wearing part 12. For example, when a plurality of rings are provided in the first locking hole 310, the distance between the plurality of rings may be set smaller than the average width of the waist wearing member 10.
  • the first locking hole 310 may include two rings as shown in FIG. 3, but this is only an example, and various modifications are possible.
  • the first locking hole 310 includes three rings, and the second locking hole 320 is provided as two rings on the second wearing part 12 on the opposite side. Can be.
  • the second locking hole 320 may guide the cable member 100 and may be formed so that the cable member 100 can pass therethrough.
  • the second locking hole 320 is disposed at the other end of the second wearing part 12 and may include at least one ring.
  • the second locking hole 320 may be disposed at an end of the second wearing part 12 facing the first wearing part 11.
  • the distance between the plurality of rings may be set smaller than the average width of the waist wearing member 10.
  • the plurality of rings included in the first locking hole 310 and the second locking hole 320 may guide the movement of the cable member 100 so that the direction in which the cable member 100 extends is changed.
  • the cable member 100 extends in a direction away from the second locking hole 320 and then passes through the three rings of the first locking hole 310 in sequence, and then in a direction closer to the second locking hole 320.
  • the three rings of the first locking hole 310 may be sequentially arranged along the width direction of the first wearing part 11 and may be spaced apart from each other.
  • the two rings of the second locking hole 320 may be sequentially arranged along the width direction of the second wearing part 12 and may be spaced apart from each other.
  • the separation distance between each ring may be smaller than the average width of the waist wearing member 10.
  • the distance between the first locking hole 310 and the second locking hole 320 may be adjusted by winding or unwinding the cable member 100 by the adjustment unit 200.
  • the first locking hole 310 and the second locking hole 320 are not restricted when the cable member 100 is wound and moves in a direction adjacent to each other. Accordingly, the cable member 100 may be wound until the first locking hole 310 and the second locking hole 320 contact each other. Accordingly, the tightening unit 40 may be provided to adjust the distance between the first locking hole 310 and the second locking hole 320.
  • the cable members 100 may extend in parallel in a zigzag manner.
  • the cable member 100 may include the adjusting unit 200 ) Can be extended to the adjustment unit 200 through each of the rings sequentially.
  • the cable guide 330 is provided on the waist wearing member 10, and is disposed during the passage of the cable member 100 so that the first locking hole 310 and the It can guide extending toward the second locking hole 320 side.
  • the cable guide 330 may have a hole shape and may be disposed to face the first locking hole 310 at an end of the second wearing part 12.
  • the cable guide 330 may be disposed in a shape elongated in a direction in which the cable member 100 passes with respect to one surface of the second wearing part 12.
  • the cable guide 330 may be provided on the end of the second wearing unit 12 and on one surface of the second wearing unit 12, respectively, as shown in FIG. 2.
  • the cover 50 may be detachably connected to the waist wearing member 10 to cover at least a portion of the tightening unit 40.
  • the cover 50 may be provided to cover at least a part of the tightening unit 40.
  • the cover 50 may cover the cable member 100 and the locking portion 300 of the tightening unit 40 and may be inserted into the waist wearing member 10.
  • the cover 50 may include a cover side attachment member 51 and an end attachment member 52.
  • the cover side attachment member 51 is provided on one side of the cover 50 and may be detachably provided with the back plate side attachment member 61 to be described later provided on the back plate 60.
  • the cover side attachment member 51 and the back plate side attachment member 61 may be provided as Velcro.
  • the end attachment member 52 is provided so that one end and the other end of the cover 50 can be attached to each other, and as the one end and the other end of the cover 50 are attached to each other by the end attachment member 52, the cover 50 is It can be in a ring shape. As the waist wearing member 10 passes through the ring shape thus formed, the cover 50 and the waist wearing member 10 may be connected.
  • the end attachment member 52 may be provided as an example of Velcro, but the spirit of the present invention is not limited thereto, and both ends of the cover 50 may be detachably provided by the end attachment member 52. Any means, if any, would be applicable.
  • the back plate 60 is provided so as to be attachable to one surface of the cover 50, and is attached to the cover 50 to support the user's waist.
  • the back plate 60 may include a back plate side attachment member 61 provided on one surface.
  • the cover side attachment member 51 and the back plate side attachment member 61 are provided as Velcro
  • the cover side attachment member 51 is provided as a hook portion of Velcro
  • the back plate side attachment member 61 May be provided as a hook portion of the Velcro. Accordingly, when the user uses the infant carrier 1 without the back plate 60 in a state where the back plate 60 is separated from the cover 50, the portion of the Velcro that touches the user's clothes is relatively rough and smoothly jammed. Since it becomes a hook part, it is possible to prevent the user's clothes from being damaged by Velcro.
  • the back plate 60 may be in close contact with the back at the top of the user's hip to support the user's waist.
  • the back plate 60 may be made of a hard and light plastic material, for example, and may be formed through a plurality of holes on the surface of the back plate 60 to reduce the load.
  • the adjustment unit 200 when the user holds the infant using the infant carrier 1 with the back plate 60 attached to the cover 50, the adjustment unit 200 in a state in which the back plate 60 supports the user's waist.
  • the cable member 100 By manipulating the cable member 100 to make the back plate 60 more closely attached to the user's body, the infant's weight applied to the user's body can be effectively distributed and the load can be prevented from being concentrated on the user's waist. There will be.
  • the user may use the infant carrier 1 without the back plate 60 by separating the back plate 60 from the cover 50.
  • the connector 70 may be selectively fastened so that the waist wearing member 10 may be seated on the user's waist while at least partially covering the user's waist. At least a portion of the connector 70 may be provided on the outer periphery of the waist wearing member 10. In addition, the connector 70 may be provided in at least one or more types.
  • the connector 70 may include a buckle-type first connection member 71 and a Velcro-type second connection member 72. The connector 70 is provided as a fastening means between the first wearing part 11 and the second wearing part 12, and when the waist wearing member 10 wraps around the user's waist, both ends thereof will be connected to each other. I can.
  • the user can put the infant carrier 1 in close contact with his or her body and then fasten the connector 70 so that the waist wearing member 10 can be seated on his or her waist.
  • the waist wearing member 10 is in close contact with the user's waist over a certain level, the load applied to the user's waist is reduced, and the user can feel the comfort of the waist.
  • the user can reduce the overall length of the waist wearing member 10 by manipulating the tightening unit 40 so that the waist wearing member 10 and the back plate 60 can be brought into close contact with the user's body.
  • the user may rotate the adjustment unit 200 in a locked state and rotate in one direction so that the cable member 100 connected to the adjustment unit 200 is wound in the adjustment unit 200.
  • the cable member 100 is wound in the adjustment part 200, the length of the cable member 100 between the first wearing part 11 and the second wearing part 12 decreases as shown in FIG. The distance between the first wearing part 11 and the second wearing part 12 becomes close.
  • the user can reduce the distance between the first wearing unit 11 and the second wearing unit 12 by simply rotating the adjustment unit 200 so that the overall length of the waist wearing member 10 is reduced.
  • the waist wearing member 10 it is possible to make the waist wearing member 10 more closely adhered to the user's waist. Therefore, the user can easily adjust the overall length of the waist wearing member 10 with little effort, and more precisely, the overall length of the waist wearing member 10 can be adjusted.
  • the user can seat the infant on the hip seat 20 and/or the baby carrier 30.
  • the user can remove the waist wearing member 10 from the waist by operating the tightening unit 40 and the connector 70.
  • the user unlocks the adjustment unit 200 of the tightening unit 40, rotates the adjustment unit 200, or moves the first wearing unit 11 and the second wearing unit 12 away from each other.
  • the cable member 100 connected to the adjustment unit 200 may be loosely released by pulling it so as to be held.
  • the cable member 100 wound inside the adjustment part 200 is released, the gap between the first wearing part 11 and the second wearing part 12 increases, and the overall length of the waist wearing member 10 increases. I can. Thereafter, the user can release the fastening of the connector 70 to remove the waist wearing member 10 from the body.
  • the infant's weight is distributed so that the infant's weight is not concentrated on a specific part of the user's body, and the burden on the user's body can be reduced, There is an effect that it can be easily adhered to the user's body by a simple operation when worn.
  • FIGS. 7 to 9 a carrier for infants according to a second embodiment of the present invention is shown in FIGS. 7 to 9.
  • a carrier for an infant according to a second embodiment of the present invention will be described with reference to FIGS. 7 to 9.
  • the second embodiment is different from the first embodiment in that the tightening unit 40 further includes an elastic member 400, and thus the difference will be mainly described. Will refer to the description of the first embodiment described above.
  • the tightening unit 40 has one end connected to the first wearing part 11, the other end connected to the second wearing part 12, and an elastic member ( 400) may be further included. At least a part of the cable member 100 and the locking part 300 may be accommodated in the elastic member 400. In addition, as the length of the waist wearing member 10 is adjusted, the length of the elastic member 400 may be changed.
  • the elastic member 400 may include one or more wrinkles on its surface, furthermore, it may be provided in a bellows shape, and for example, may be made of a fiber material having a free shape deformation.
  • the elastic member 400 may be selectively accommodated in the inside of the cover 50. Specifically, as one end and the other end of the cover 50 are attached to each other by the end attachment member 52 of the cover 50, the cover 50 becomes a ring shape, and the elastic member 400 is formed in the ring shape thus formed. As it passes, at least a part of the elastic member 400 may be accommodated in the cover 50.
  • the cover 50 is separated from the waist wearing member 10 by the elastic member 400, the cable member 100 is not exposed to the outside, so that infants, etc. are injured by the cable member 100. The problem can be prevented, and the appearance of the infant carrier 1 can be beautiful.
  • an infant carrier 1a may be used to move an infant.
  • the user may move the infant by seating and supporting the infant in the infant carrier 1a while wearing the infant carrier 1a on the body.
  • These infant carriers (1a) include a waist wearing member (10a), a hip seat (20a), a baby carrier (30a), a tightening unit (40a), an elastic member (50a), a back plate (60a) and a connector (70a). I can.
  • the waist wearing member 10a may be formed to cover all or part of the user's waist when the user wears the infant carrier 1a.
  • the waist wearing member 10a may include a first wearing part 11a and a second wearing part 12a connected to each other by a cable member 100a to be described later.
  • the waist wearing member 10a may be configured to be fastened to the user's waist while being supported by the user's waist.
  • the overall length of the waist wearing member 10a may be adjusted.
  • the total length of the waist wearing member 10a is the length of the first wearing part 11a and the second wearing part 12a, and the distance between the first wearing part 11a and the second wearing part 12a, and the cable member It can be understood as a concept including the length of the part connected by (100a), and furthermore, when the user wears the infant carrier (1a), the waist wearing member (10a) can be understood as the circumferential length surrounding the user's waist. I can.
  • the waist wearing member 10a may be formed to extend to both sides of the hip sheet 20a, and may be provided in a belt shape having ends on both sides.
  • the hip seat 20a may support the infant's load by supporting the infant's buttocks.
  • Such hip sheet (20a) may be connected to the waist wearing member (10a), the end of the first wearing portion (11a) of the waist wearing member (10a) is connected to one side, and the other side of the waist wearing member (10a). 2
  • the end of the wearing part 12a may be connected.
  • the hip sheet 20a may include a foam for maintaining its shape and a fabric covering the foam, and a fluffy feeling when the infant's buttocks are seated on the upper side of the hip sheet 20a
  • a sheet member providing a can be provided.
  • the sheet member may be made of a material such as styrofoam, for example.
  • the hip sheet 20a may be formed in a gently curved shape when viewed from the side, and the top surface is inclined so as to gradually increase in a direction away from the user when the user wears the hip sheet 20a.
  • the baby carrier 30a may be provided to support the infant's body.
  • the baby carrier (30a) may include a support portion (31a) for supporting the back or buttocks of an infant, and a shoulder strap (32a) connected to the support portion (31a) and attached to the shoulder of the user.
  • the shoulder strap 32a may include a length adjustable strap.
  • the baby carrier (30a) is connected to the hip sheet (20a), the hip sheet (20a) is shown to be connected to the waist wearing member (10a), but in some cases, the hip sheet (20a) and Any one of the baby carriers 30a may be configured to be selectively removed, or any one may be omitted.
  • the baby carrier (30a) is connected to the waist wearing member (10a) so that the baby carrier (30a) can support the hips and back of the infant, and the baby carrier (30a) is omitted. If so, the infant's buttocks may be seated on the hip seat 20a without the baby carrier 30a.
  • the tightening unit 40a may be provided to adjust the overall length of the waist wearing member 10a.
  • the length adjustment of the waist wearing member 10a may be performed by operating the tightening unit 40a while the user is wearing the infant carrier 1a.
  • the tightening unit 40a may include a cable member 100a, an adjustment part 200a, a guide part 300a, and a cable guide 400a.
  • Both ends of the cable member 100a may be connected to the adjusting part 200a, and may be wound in the adjusting part 200a by rotating the adjusting part 200a.
  • the cable member (100a) may be provided so as to be accommodated in the waist wearing member (10a) so as not to be exposed to the outside, so that only a part of the between the first wearing portion (11a) and the second wearing portion (12a) is exposed. It can be provided. However, the portion of the cable member 100a exposed to the outside may be covered by an elastic member 400a and a back cover 64a to be described later.
  • the cable member 100a may extend from the adjustment unit 200a, pass through the locking unit 300a, and then extend back to the adjustment unit 200a to be connected to the adjustment unit 200a. This cable member 100a may be provided as a wire.
  • the adjustment part 200a may be provided to adjust the overall length of the waist wearing member 10a by winding or unwinding the cable member 100a from the inside by rotation. Such an adjustment part 200a may be disposed on the outer circumferential surface of the waist wearing member 10a, and in this embodiment, a case where the adjustment part 200a is provided on the second wearing part 12a is described as an example, The adjusting part 200a may be provided on the first wearing part 11a or the second wearing part 12a. In addition, the overall length of the waist wearing member 10a may be adjusted as the user manipulates the adjustment unit 200a even when wearing the infant carrier 1a.
  • the adjusting part 200a is rotated in one direction (for example, clockwise) so that the cable member 100a is wound therein, and the cable member is rotated in the other direction (for example, counterclockwise).
  • 100a can be configured to be released.
  • this is only an example, and the spirit of the present invention is not limited by the configuration of the adjustment unit 200a as described above.
  • the adjustment unit 200a may further include a stopper (not shown) that can selectively limit rotation of the adjustment unit 200a in other directions, and is locked by the stopper.
  • the stopper may include grooves and protrusions that engage with each other when the adjustment part 200a is locked. Accordingly, when the adjustment part (200a) is in the locked state, rotation in one direction to reduce the overall length of the waist wearing member (10a) is allowed, but in the other direction to increase the overall length of the waist wearing member (10a). The rotation of can be limited by the stopper. By such a stopper, the adjusting part 200a is arbitrarily rotated in the locked state, so that the wound state of the cable member 100a can be prevented from being unintentionally released.
  • the adjustment unit 200a may further include a cap (not shown) that is selectively movable toward a direction away from the waist wearing member 10a.
  • a cap (not shown) that is selectively movable toward a direction away from the waist wearing member 10a.
  • the cap of the adjusting part 200a When the cap of the adjusting part 200a is moved in a direction away from the waist wearing member 10a, only one direction rotation of the adjusting part 200a (the direction in which the cable member 100a is wound around the adjusting part 200a) is possible. It may be placed in a locked state, and when the cap of the adjusting part 200a is moved in a direction closer to the waist wearing member 10a, the locked state of the adjusting part 200a may be released.
  • the cable member 100a may be wound inside the adjusting part 200a by rotating the adjusting part 200a in a locked state. As the cable member 100a is wound around the adjusting part 200a, the distance between the first wearing part 11a and the second wearing part 12a becomes close, and the overall length of the waist wearing member 10a may be reduced.
  • the adjustment unit (200a) is rotated or the first wearing unit (11a) and the first 2
  • the overall length of the waist wearing member 10a can be increased by pulling the wearing part 12a in a direction away from each other to loosen it while the cable member 100a is wound.
  • the distance between the first wearing part 11a and the second wearing part 12a may increase, and the overall length of the waist wearing member 10a may be increased.
  • the entire length of the waist wearing member 10a can be adjusted by winding or loosening the cable member 100a by the adjustment unit 200a, so that the overall length of the waist wearing member 10a can be adjusted more finely. have.
  • the guide portion 300a is provided on the back plate 60a, and is provided to guide the movement path of the cable member 100a moved by the adjustment portion 200a.
  • a plurality of the guide portions 300a may be arranged in a predetermined pattern on the back plate 60a, and the direction in which the cable member 100a extends through the guide portion 300a is appropriately changed. Movement can be guided.
  • a total of eight guide portions 300a are provided on the back plate 60a and may be arranged to be symmetrical by four on both sides, but this is only an example and the guide portion
  • the number and arrangement relationship of (300a) can be freely modified depending on the case.
  • the direction of the cable member 100a is changed while being caught by each of the guide portions 300a, and a tension applied to the cable member 100a may also be maintained.
  • the cable member 100a may extend in parallel in a zigzag manner according to the arrangement state of the guide portion 300a.
  • the guide part 300a can be implemented in various embodiments, and some of the possible embodiments are illustrated in FIG. 12 by way of example.
  • the guide portion (300a) is provided in a disk shape or a flange shape on the head 310a, the shaft pin 320a extending from one surface of the head 310a, and the back plate 60a. It may include a base 330a through which the shaft pin 320a passes and a fixing flange 340a for fixing the shaft pin 320a with respect to the opposite side of the back plate 60a.
  • the cable member (100a) is disposed between the head (310a) and the base (330a), the cable member (100a) is in contact with the shaft pin (320a), the cable member (100a) It becomes possible to maintain the tension applied to the shaft pin (320a).
  • shaft pin 320a is rotatably provided with respect to the head 310a and the base 330a to minimize friction when the cable member 100a moves, but the spirit of the present invention is not limited thereto. 320a) may be provided so that rotation is impossible with respect to the head 310a and the base 330a.
  • the head 310a may be provided in a disk shape having a diameter larger than that of the shaft pin 320a, but this is only an example and the spirit of the present invention is not limited thereto.
  • the shaft pin 320a is formed to protrude from one surface of the head 310a in a column shape, and may be installed through the base 330a and the back plate 60a in order.
  • a fixing flange 340a may be provided at the end of the shaft pin 320a, and the fixing flange 340a may be inserted into a recess formed in the other surface of the back plate 60a and fixed to the back plate 60a, Accordingly, the shaft pin 320a may be maintained without being separated from the back plate 60a.
  • the shaft pin 320a may be provided so as to penetrate only the base 330a to be fixed.
  • the fixing flange 340a may be omitted.
  • the base 330a may be fixed to one surface of the back plate 60a, and an adhesive or the like may be used for this purpose.
  • the head 310a, the shaft pin 320a, the base 330a, and the fixing flange 340a may be made of a light metal material such as aluminum.
  • a support groove 312a in which a cable member 100a is partially accommodated may be formed along the circumferential surface of the head 310'a of the guide part 300'a.
  • the shaft pin 320a extends from one surface of the head 310'a, and may be provided to sequentially pass through the base 330a and the back plate 60a, and at the end of the shaft pin 320a, the back plate 60a It is the same as the embodiment shown in Fig. 12 (a) that the fixing flange (340a) for fixing the shaft pin (320a) may be provided.
  • the cable member (100a) is in contact with the support groove (312a), the tension applied to the cable member (100a) by interference with the support groove (312a) Can be maintained.
  • the cable member 100a does not contact the shaft pin 320a.
  • the head 310'a may be provided to be rotatable with respect to the base 330a, thereby minimizing friction when the cable member 100a moves.
  • a washer for facilitating rotation of the head 310a may be additionally provided between the base 330a and the head 310'a.
  • the head 310'a may be fixed to the base 330a so that it is not rotatable.
  • a pair of guide portions 300'a may be provided, and a pair of guide portions 300'a are disposed close to each other to form a pair of guide portions 300a. It is also possible to be configured to guide the movement path of the cable member (100a) while the cable member (100a) passes through.
  • the cable guide 400a may guide the cable member 100a and may be formed to pass the cable member 100a.
  • the cable guide 400a is provided on the waist wearing member 10a, and is disposed in the middle of the passage of the cable member 100a to guide the extension from the adjustment part 200a toward the back plate 60a.
  • the cable guide 400a may include a first cable guide 410a provided in the first wearing part 11a and a second cable guide 420a provided in the second wearing part 12a.
  • the first cable guide 410a is a ring-shaped member provided at the end of the first wearing part 11a and a semicircular member for changing the direction of the cable member 100a 180 degrees on the first wearing part 11a It may include.
  • the second cable guide 420a is disposed in the middle of the cable member 100a passing on the annular member provided at the end of the second wearing part 12a and the second wearing part 12a, and the cable member 100a It may include a member formed to be elongated along the extending direction of the cable member 100a to guide the movement path of the cable member 100a.
  • the elastic member 50a is connected to at least one end of the first wearing part 11a and the second wearing part 12a, and provided to have a variable length.
  • an example in which an elastic member 50a is provided with respect to the ends of both the first wearing part 11a and the second wearing part 12a is illustrated as an example, but the spirit of the present invention is not limited thereto.
  • the elastic member 50a may be provided for the first wearing part 11a or the second wearing part 12a.
  • the length of the elastic member 50a may be changed as the distance between the first wearing part 11a and the second wearing part 12a is adjusted, and includes a hollow inside, and the elastic member 50a
  • the cable member 100a may pass through the inner hollow of the.
  • the elastic member 50a may be connected to the back cover 64a.
  • one end of the elastic member 50a is connected to one end of the first wearing part 11a and the second wearing part 12a, and the other end is a slit 642a formed in the back cover 64a to be described later. ) Can be connected.
  • the spirit of the present invention is not limited thereto, and the other end of the elastic member 50a may be connected to other parts of the back cover 64a except for the slit 642a, or may be directly connected to the backplate 62a. .
  • the elastic member 50a may include one or more wrinkles on its surface, furthermore, it may be provided in a bellows shape, and for example, may be made of a fiber material having a free shape deformation. Since the cable member 100a is not exposed to the outside by the elastic member 50a, problems such as injury to infants, etc. can be prevented by the cable member 100a, and the appearance of the infant carrier 1a This can be beautiful.
  • the back plate 60a When the infant carrier 1a is properly worn on the user's body, the back plate 60a may be in close contact with the back at the top of the user's hip to support the user's waist. Further, the back plate 60a is connected to the end of the elastic member 50a.
  • the back plate 60a may include a back plate 62a provided as a material having a predetermined rigidity to support the user's waist, and a back plate cover 64a receiving and covering the back plate 62a therein.
  • the back plate 62a may be formed of a hard and light plastic material, for example, and may be formed through a plurality of holes on the surface to reduce the load.
  • a plurality of guide portions 300a may be provided on both surfaces of the back plate 62a opposite to the surface on which the user's body will contact. Accordingly, a part of the cable member 100a for guiding the arrangement path by the guide portion 300a is disposed on the opposite side of the surface where the user's body will abut, among both surfaces of the back plate 62a, and the back plate 62a The cable member 100a may be moved by the rotation operation of the adjustment part 200a on the top.
  • the back plate cover 64a may be provided to accommodate and cover the cable member 100a and the guide portion 300a provided on one side of the back plate 62a together with the back plate 62a.
  • the elastic member 50a may be connected to the back plate 62a or the back cover 64a, and the back cover 64a includes at least one end of the first wearing part 11a and the second wearing part 12a.
  • a slit 642a through which the cable member 100a extending from is passed may be formed.
  • the slit 642a may be an elongated gap formed to communicate the outside and the inside of the back cover 64a, and when the back cover 64a is made of a fabric material, it may be provided as a shape in which the fiber surface is torn long. have. Two such slits 642a may be formed to correspond to the first wearing portion 11a and the second wearing portion 12a with respect to the back cover 64a, respectively.
  • the cable member (100a) by manipulating the adjustment unit (200a) while the back plate (60a) supports the user's waist
  • the infant's weight applied to the user's body can be effectively distributed and the load can be prevented from being concentrated on the user's waist.
  • the connector 70a may be selectively fastened so that the waist wearing member 10a can be seated on the user's waist while at least partially covering the user's waist. At least a portion of the connector 70a may be provided on the outer periphery of the waist wearing member 10a. In addition, the connector 70a may be provided in at least one or more types.
  • the connector 70a may include a buckle-type first connection member 71a and a Velcro-type second connection member 72a.
  • the connector (70a) is provided as a fastening means between the first wearing portion (11a) and the second wearing portion (12a), and when the waist wearing member (10a) wraps the user's waist, both ends thereof are configured to be connected to each other. I can.
  • the user may place the waist wearing member 10a on his/her waist by fastening the connector 70a after the infant carrier 1a is in close contact with his or her body.
  • the waist wearing member 10a is in close contact with the user's waist over a certain level, the load applied to the user's waist is reduced, and the user can feel the comfort of the waist.
  • the user can reduce the overall length of the waist wearing member 10a by manipulating the tightening unit 40a so that the waist wearing member 10a and the back plate 60a can be brought into close contact with the user's body.
  • the user can rotate the adjusting part 200a in a locked state and rotated in one direction so that the cable member 100a connected to the adjusting part 200a is wound in the adjusting part 200a.
  • the cable member 100a is wound in the adjustment part 200a
  • the length of the cable member 100a between the first wearing part 11a and the second wearing part 12a decreases as shown in FIG.
  • the distance between the first wearing part 11a and the second wearing part 12a becomes close, and the length of the elastic member 50a is reduced.
  • the user can reduce the distance between the first wearing part 11a and the second wearing part 12a by rotating the adjusting part 200a, thereby reducing the overall length of the waist wearing member 10a.
  • the user can seat the infant on the hip seat 20a and/or the baby carrier 30a.
  • the user can remove the waist wearing member (10a) from the waist by operating the tightening unit (40a) and the connector (70a).
  • the user unlocks the adjustment unit 200a of the tightening unit 40a, rotates the adjustment unit 200a, or moves the first wearing unit 11a and the second wearing unit 12a apart from each other.
  • the cable member (100a) wound inside the adjustment part (200a) is released, the gap between the first wearing part (11a) and the second wearing part (12a) increases, and the total length of the waist wearing member (10a) increases. I can. Thereafter, the user can release the fastening of the connector 70a to remove the waist wearing member 10a from the body.
  • FIG. 15 a carrier for infants according to a fourth embodiment of the present invention is shown in FIG. 15.
  • a carrier for infants according to another embodiment of the present invention will be described with reference to FIG. 15.
  • this embodiment differs from the above-described embodiment in that a fixing member 14a connecting the second wearing part 12a to the back plate 60a is added, so this difference is mainly focused. It will be described as, and the same part will refer to the description of the above-described embodiment.
  • the first wearing part 11a of the infant carrier according to the present embodiment is connected to the back plate 60a through an elastic member 50a, and the second wearing part 12a is a fixing member 14a. It can be connected to the back plate (60a) through.
  • the spirit of the present invention is not limited thereto, and the second wearing part 12a is connected to the back plate 60a through the elastic member 50a, and the first wearing part 11a is a fixing member 14a. It is also possible to be configured to be connected to the back plate (60a) through.
  • the fixing member 14a may have a width greater than or equal to the width of the second wearing part 12a (or the first wearing part 11a), and the second wearing part 12a (or the first wearing part 11a) It is connected to the end of the back plate (60a) may be fixed to the back plate (62a) or the back cover (64a).
  • the second wearing part passes through one of the plurality of slits 642a formed in the back cover 64a.
  • the cable member 100a is disposed so as to extend from the end of the first wearing part 11a (or the second wearing part 12a) to pass through the other one of the plurality of slits 642a.
  • this is only an example, and a single slit 642a is formed in the back cover 64a, and a single slit 642a is connected to the cable member 100a and the second wearing part (or the first wearing part 11a). It is also possible for )) to pass.
  • the adjustment unit 200a when the adjustment unit 200a is rotated, the position of the second wearing unit (or the first wearing unit 11a) is fixed relative to the back plate 60a, and the first wearing unit (or the first wearing unit 11a) is 2 Only the wearing part (12a)) is moved in a direction that is closer to or away from the back plate (60a). Accordingly, as the lengths of the members connected to both sides of the back plate 60a are simultaneously varied, the first and second wearing portions 11a and 12a are prevented from moving irregularly, and the waist wearing members ( There is an advantage that the overall length of 10a) can be adjusted.
  • an infant carrier 1b may be used to move an infant.
  • the user may move the infant by seating and supporting the infant in the infant carrier 1b while wearing the infant carrier 1b on the body.
  • the infant carrier (1b) includes a waist wearing member (10b), a hip seat (20b), a baby carrier (30b), a tightening unit (40b), an elastic member (50b), a back plate (60b) and a connector (70b). I can.
  • the waist wearing member 10b may be formed to cover all or part of the user's waist when the user wears the infant carrier 1b.
  • the waist wearing member 10b may include a first wearing part 11b and a second wearing part 12b connected to each other by a cable member 100b to be described later.
  • the waist wearing member 10b may be configured to be fastened to the user's waist while being supported by the user's waist.
  • the overall length of the waist wearing member 10b may be adjusted.
  • the total length of the waist wearing member 10b is the length of the first wearing part 11b and the second wearing part 12b, and the distance between the first wearing part 11b and the second wearing part 12b, and the cable member It can be understood as a concept including the length of the part connected by (100b), and furthermore, when the user wears the infant carrier (1b), the waist wearing member (10b) can be understood as the circumferential length surrounding the user's waist. I can.
  • the waist wearing member 10b may be formed to extend to both sides of the hip sheet 20b, and may be provided in a belt shape having ends on both sides.
  • the hip seat 20b may support the infant's load by supporting the infant's buttocks.
  • This hip sheet (20b) may be connected to the waist wearing member (10b), the end of the first wearing portion (11b) of the waist wearing member (10b) is connected to one side, and the other side of the waist wearing member (10b). 2
  • the end of the wearing part 12b may be connected.
  • the hip sheet 20b may include a foam for maintaining its shape and a fabric covering the foam, and a fluffy feeling when the infant's buttocks are seated on the upper side of the hip sheet 20b
  • a sheet member providing a can be provided.
  • the sheet member may be made of a material such as styrofoam, for example.
  • the hip sheet 20b when viewed from the side, may be formed in a gently curved shape, and the upper surface is inclined so as to gradually increase in a direction away from the user when the user wears the hip sheet 20b.
  • the baby carrier 30b may be provided to support the infant's body.
  • the baby carrier (30b) may include a support portion (31b) for supporting the back or buttocks of an infant, and a shoulder strap (32b) that is connected to the support portion (31b) and is attached to the user's shoulder.
  • the shoulder strap 32b may include a length adjustable strap.
  • the baby carrier 30b is connected to the hip sheet 20b, and the hip sheet 20b is shown to be connected to the waist wearing member 10b, but in some cases, the hip sheet 20b and Any one of the baby carriers 30b may be configured to be selectively removed, or any one may be omitted.
  • the baby carrier (30b) is connected to the waist wearing member (10b) so that the baby carrier (30b) can support the hips and back of the infant, and the baby carrier (30b) is omitted. If so, the infant's buttocks may be seated on the hip seat 20b without the baby carrier 30b.
  • the tightening unit 40b may be provided to adjust the overall length of the waist wearing member 10b.
  • the length adjustment of the waist wearing member (10b) may be made by operating the tightening unit (40b) while the user is wearing the infant carrier (1b).
  • the tightening unit 40b may include a cable member 100b, an adjustment part 200b, a moving member 300b, and a connection member 400b.
  • Both ends of the cable member 100b may be connected to the adjusting part 200b, and may be wound in the adjusting part 200b by rotating the adjusting part 200b.
  • the cable member 100b may be provided so that it is accommodated in the waist wearing member 10b so that it is not exposed to the outside, and only a part of the cable member 100b is exposed between the first wearing part 11b and the second wearing part 12b. It can be provided. However, the portion of the cable member 100b exposed to the outside may be covered by an elastic member 400b and a back cover 64b to be described later.
  • the cable member 100b may extend from the adjustment unit 200b, pass through the locking unit 300b, and then extend back to the adjustment unit 200b to be connected.
  • This cable member 100b may be provided as a wire.
  • the first wearing portion 11b (or the second wearing portion 12b) may be provided with a cable switching guide 42b for switching the extension direction of the cable member 100b 180 degrees, and the cable switching guide 42b ) May be provided in a semicircular shape, for example.
  • the adjusting part 200b may be provided to adjust the overall length of the waist wearing member 10b by winding or unwinding the cable member 100b from the inside by rotation.
  • Such an adjustment part 200b may be disposed on the outer circumferential surface of the waist wearing member 10b, and in this embodiment, a case where the adjustment part 200b is provided on the second wearing part 12b is described as an example, The adjusting part 200b may be provided on the first wearing part 11b or the second wearing part 12b.
  • the overall length of the waist wearing member 10b may be adjusted as the user manipulates the adjustment unit 200b even when wearing the infant carrier 1b.
  • the adjusting unit 200b is rotated in one direction (eg, clockwise) so that the cable member 100b is wound therein, and the cable member is rotated in the other direction (eg, counterclockwise). 100b) can be configured to be released.
  • this is only an example, and the spirit of the present invention is not limited by the configuration of the adjustment unit 200b as described above.
  • the adjustment unit 200b may further include a stopper (not shown) that can selectively limit rotation of the adjustment unit 200b in other directions, and is locked by the stopper.
  • the stopper may include grooves and protrusions that engage with each other when the adjustment unit 200b is in a locked state. Accordingly, when the adjusting part 200b is in the locked state, rotation in one direction to reduce the overall length of the waist wearing member 10b is allowed, but in the other direction to increase the overall length of the waist wearing member 10b. The rotation of can be limited by the stopper. By such a stopper, the adjusting part 200b is arbitrarily rotated in the locked state, so that the wound state of the cable member 100b can be prevented from being unintentionally released.
  • the adjusting part 200b may further include a cap (not shown b) selectively movable toward a direction away from the waist wearing member 10b.
  • a cap (not shown b) selectively movable toward a direction away from the waist wearing member 10b.
  • the cable member 100b may be wound inside the adjusting part 200b by rotating the adjusting part 200b in a locked state. As the cable member 100b is wound around the adjusting part 200b, the distance between the first wearing part 11b and the second wearing part 12b becomes close, and the overall length of the waist wearing member 10b may be reduced.
  • the adjustment unit (200b) is rotated or the first wearing unit (11b) and 2 It is possible to increase the overall length of the waist wearing member 10b by pulling the wearing part 12b in a direction away from each other to loosen it while the cable member 100b is wound. As the cable member 100b is released from the adjustment part 200b, the distance between the first wearing part 11b and the second wearing part 12b may increase, and the overall length of the waist wearing member 10b may be increased. In this way, the overall length of the waist wearing member 10b can be adjusted by winding or unwinding the cable member 100b by the adjustment unit 200b, so that the overall length of the waist wearing member 10b can be adjusted more finely. have.
  • the moving member 300b connects the waist wearing member 10b and the back plate 60b, and is provided to be slidably moved with respect to the back plate 60b.
  • the moving member 300b may be moved on the back plate 60b by manipulation of the tightening unit 40b, and as the moving member 300b moves on the back plate 60b, the first wearing part 11b and the first 2
  • the spacing between the wearing parts 12b may be changed.
  • Two such moving members 300b may be provided for the back plate 60b, and may include a first moving member 310b and a second moving member 320b.
  • the first moving member 310b may be connected to the first wearing part 11b
  • the second moving member 320b may be connected to the second wearing part 12b.
  • the first moving member 310b and the second moving member 320b may be disposed to be symmetrical with respect to the center line of the back plate 60b.
  • the moving member 300b may include a guide protrusion 302b, a guide ring 304b, and a conversion guide 306b.
  • the guide protrusion 302b is inserted into at least one guide hole 622b formed through the back plate 62b of the back plate 60b, so that the guide protrusion 302b is guided when the moving member 300b moves on the back plate 60b. It can be moved while being guided by the ball (622b).
  • the guide protrusion 302b may be formed to protrude from a surface of the moving member 300b facing the back plate 60b. At this time, the guide protrusion 302b may have a rectangular or elliptical end, and the guide protrusion 302b may have a guide hole 622b so as not to be separated from the guide hole 622b formed in the back plate 62b of the back plate 60b. ) Can be provided so that it can be hooked by being inserted into and rotated approximately 90 degrees.
  • the guide ring 304b passes through the cable member 100b and may be provided at the end of the moving member 300b.
  • the conversion guide 306b is provided to change the extension direction of the cable member 100b, and may be provided at the end of the moving member 300b like the guide ring 304b.
  • the guide ring 304b is disposed at the center of the end of the moving member 300b, and the conversion guide 306b may be disposed at both edges of the end of the moving member 300b, but such an arrangement relationship is However, this does not limit the scope of the present invention.
  • the conversion guide 306b may be provided in an arc shape, for example.
  • connection member 400b may have one end connected to at least one of the first wearing part 11b and the second wearing part 12b, and the other end connected to the moving member 300b. Due to the connection member 400b, a distance between at least one of the first and second wearing portions 11b and 12b and the moving member 300b may be kept constant. At this time, the connection member 400b may be provided in a long and flat tube shape having a hollow inside, and both ends move with at least one of the first wearing part 11b and the second wearing part 12b, respectively. It may be fixed to the member 300b with an adhesive or the like. In addition, the cable member 100b is provided through the connection member, and the movement of the cable member 100b may be guided by the connection member 400b.
  • connection member 400b is provided for each of the first wearing portion 11b and the second wearing portion 12b.
  • the connection member 400b has one end connected to the first wearing part 11b, the other end connected to the first moving member 310b, the first connection member 410b, and one end of the second wearing part ( 12b), and the other end may include a second connection member 420b connected to the second moving member 320b.
  • the connection member 400b may be provided for only one of the first wearing part 11b and the second wearing part 12b.
  • the elastic member 50b is connected to at least one end of the first wearing part 11b and the second wearing part 12b, and is provided to have a variable length.
  • the elastic member 50b may be provided for the first wearing portion 11b or the second wearing portion 12b.
  • the length of the elastic member 50b may be changed as the distance between the first wearing part 11b and the second wearing part 12b is adjusted, and includes a hollow inside, and the elastic member 50b
  • the cable member 100b and the connection member 400b may pass through the inner hollow.
  • the elastic member 50b may be connected to the back cover 64b.
  • one end of the elastic member 50b is connected to one end of the first wearing part 11b and the second wearing part 12b, and the other end is a slit 642b formed in the back cover 64b to be described later. ) Can be connected.
  • the spirit of the present invention is not limited thereto, and the other end of the elastic member 50b may be connected to other parts of the back cover 64b except for the slit 642b, or may be directly connected to the backplate 62b. .
  • the elastic member 50b may include one or more wrinkles on its surface, and further, may be provided in a bellows shape, and, for example, may be made of a fiber material having a free shape deformation. Since the cable member 100b is not exposed to the outside by the elastic member 50b, problems such as injury to an infant or the like can be prevented by the cable member 100b, and the appearance of the infant carrier 1b This can be beautiful.
  • the back plate 60b When the infant carrier 1b is properly worn on the user's body, the back plate 60b is in close contact with the back at the top of the user's hip to support the user's waist. Further, the back plate 60b is connected to the end of the elastic member 50b.
  • the back plate 60b may include a back plate 62b provided as a material having a predetermined rigidity to support the user's waist and a back plate cover 64b receiving and covering the back plate 62b therein.
  • the back plate 62b may be formed of a hard and light plastic material, for example, and may be formed through a plurality of holes on the surface to reduce the load.
  • a moving member 300b may be provided on a surface of the back plate 62b opposite to the surface on which the user's body will abut. Accordingly, a part of the moving member 300b and the cable member 100b is disposed on the opposite side of the surface where the user's body will abut, among both surfaces of the back plate 62b, and the adjustment unit 200b on the back plate 62b The cable member 100b and the moving member 300b may be moved by the rotation operation of the.
  • a guide hole 622b into which the guide protrusion 302b of the moving member 300b is inserted may be formed in the back plate 62b.
  • the guide hole (622b) is a first guide hole (6222) extending in a direction parallel to the waist wearing member (10b), a second extending in a direction deviating from the first guide hole (6222). It may include a guide hole 6224 and a third guide hole 6226 extending in a direction deviating from the first guide hole 6222 and the second guide hole 6224.
  • the first to third guide holes 6222, 6224, 6226 may be provided in two sets to be formed to be symmetric with respect to the center line of the back plate 62b. In this case, the guide protrusion 302b may be inserted into any one of the first guide hole 6222, the second guide hole 6224, and the third guide hole 6226.
  • the moving member 300b may be guided along the extension direction of the first guide hole 6222 and may be moved in a direction parallel to the waist wearing member 10b.
  • the user wears the infant carrier 1b, it can be moved in a direction parallel to the ground while the user is standing.
  • the second guide hole 6224 may be formed in a shape that rises from the center of the back plate 62b toward the outside as illustrated in FIG. 19. Accordingly, when the moving member 300b is inserted into the second guide hole 6224, when the cable member 100b is tightened, when the user wears the infant carrier 1b, the moving member 300b ) Can descend against the ground.
  • the third guide hole 6226 may be formed in a shape that descends from the center of the back plate 62b toward the outside. Accordingly, when the moving member 300b is inserted into the third guide hole 6226, when the cable member 100b is tightened, when the user wears the infant carrier 1b, the moving member 300b ) Can be raised against the ground.
  • the back plate cover 64b may be provided to accommodate and cover the cable member 100b and the moving member 300b provided on one side of the back plate 62b together with the back plate 62b.
  • the elastic member 50b may be connected to the back plate 62b or the back cover 64b, and the back cover 64b includes at least one end of the first wearing part 11b and the second wearing part 12b
  • a slit 642b through which the cable member 100b extending from is passed may be formed.
  • the slit 642b may be formed as an elongated gap formed to communicate the outside and the inside of the back cover 64b, and when the back cover 64b is made of a fabric material, the fiber surface is torn long. It can be provided. Two such slits 642b may be formed to correspond to the first wearing portion 11b and the second wearing portion 12b with respect to the back cover 64b, respectively.
  • the cable member (100b) by manipulating the adjustment unit (200b) while the back plate (60b) supports the user's waist
  • the infant's weight applied to the user's body can be effectively distributed and the load can be prevented from being concentrated on the user's waist.
  • the connector 70b may be selectively fastened so that the waist wearing member 10b can be seated on the user's waist while at least partially covering the user's waist. At least a portion of the connector 70b may be provided on the outer periphery of the waist wearing member 10b. In addition, the connector 70b may be provided in at least one or more types.
  • the connector 70b may include a buckle-type first connector 71b and a Velcro-type second connector 72b.
  • the connector (70b) is provided as a fastening means between the first wearing portion (11b) and the second wearing portion (12b), and when the waist wearing member (10b) wraps the user's waist, both ends thereof are configured to be connected to each other. I can.
  • the user can put the infant carrier 1b in close contact with his or her body and then fasten the connector 70b to seat the waist wearing member 10b on his/her waist.
  • the waist wearing member 10b is in close contact with the user's waist over a certain level, the load applied to the user's waist is reduced, and the user can feel the comfort of the waist.
  • the user can reduce the overall length of the waist wearing member 10b by manipulating the tightening unit 40b so that the waist wearing member 10b and the back plate 60b can be brought into close contact with the user's body.
  • the user may rotate the adjusting part 200b in a locked state and rotate it in one direction so that the cable member 100b connected to the adjusting part 200b is wound in the adjusting part 200b.
  • the cable member 100b is wound in the adjusting part 200b, the length of the cable member 100b between the first wearing part 11b and the second wearing part 12b decreases as shown in FIG. The distance between the first wearing portion 11b and the second wearing portion 12b becomes close, and the length of the elastic member 50b is reduced.
  • the user can reduce the distance between the first wearing part 11b and the second wearing part 12b by simply rotating the adjustment part 200b, thereby reducing the overall length of the waist wearing member 10b.
  • the length adjustment of the waist wearing member 10b is completed, the user can seat the infant on the hip seat 20b and/or the baby carrier 30b.
  • the user can remove the waist wearing member (10b) from the waist by operating the tightening unit (40b) and the connector (70b).
  • the user unlocks the adjustment unit 200b of the tightening unit 40b, rotates the adjustment unit 200b, or moves the first wearing unit 11b and the second wearing unit 12b away from each other.
  • the cable member 100b wound inside the adjustment part 200b is released, the gap between the first wearing part 11b and the second wearing part 12b increases, and the overall length of the waist wearing member 10b increases. I can. Thereafter, the user can release the fastening of the connector 70b to remove the waist wearing member 10b from the body.
  • FIG. 22 a carrier for infants according to the first modified example of the fifth embodiment described above is shown in FIG. 22.
  • a first modified example of the fifth embodiment of the present invention will be described with reference to FIG. 22.
  • the present embodiment differs from the above-described fifth embodiment in that a fixing member for connecting any one of the first wearing part and the second wearing part to the back plate is additionally provided. Therefore, the description will focus on these differences, and the same parts will refer to the description of the fifth embodiment.
  • the first wearing part 11b of the infant carrier according to the first modified example is connected to the back plate 60b through an elastic member 50b, and a moving member 300b through the connection member 400b.
  • the second wearing part 12b may be connected to the back plate 60b through the fixing member 14b.
  • the spirit of the present invention is not limited thereto, and the second wearing part 12b is connected to the back plate 60b through the elastic member 50b and at the same time connected to the moving member 300b through the connection member 400b.
  • the first wearing part 11b may be configured to be connected to the back plate 60b through the fixing member 14b.
  • the fixing member 14b may have a width greater than or equal to the width of the second wearing part 12b (or the first wearing part 11b), and the second wearing part 12b (or the first wearing part 11b) It is connected to the end of the back plate (60b) may be fixed to the back plate (62b) or the back cover (64b).
  • the fixing member 14b is fixed to the back plate 62b
  • the second wearing part (or the first wearing part 11b) passes through one of the plurality of slits 642b formed in the back cover 64b.
  • the cable member 100b and the connection member 400b extending from the end of the first wearing part 11b (or the second wearing part 12b) are arranged to pass through the other one of the plurality of slits 642b. I can.
  • a single slit 642b is formed in the back cover 64b, and a single slit 642b is used as a cable member 100b, a connection member 400b, and a second wearing part (or It is also possible to be disposed so that the first wearing portion (11b)) passes.
  • a cable extension guide 44b for guiding the cable member 100b may be provided on the second wearing part (or the first wearing part 11b), and the cable member 100b is provided as the cable extension guide 44b. It can be formed to pass through.
  • the cable extension guide 44b is disposed in the middle of the passage of the cable member 100b and is formed to be elongated along the extension direction of the cable member 100b, so that the cable member extending from the adjusting part 200b toward the back plate 60b ( You can guide the movement path of 100b).
  • the second wearing unit (or the first wearing unit 11b) is fixed in position relative to the back plate 60b, and the first wearing unit (or the first wearing unit 11b) is 2 Only the wearing part (12b)) is moved in a direction that is closer to or away from the back plate (60b). Accordingly, as the lengths of the members connected to both sides of the back plate 60b are simultaneously varied, the first and second wearing parts 11b and 12b are prevented from moving irregularly, and the waist wearing members ( There is an advantage that the overall length of 10b) can be adjusted.
  • FIG. 23 the carrier for infants according to the second modified example of the fifth embodiment described above is shown in FIG. 23.
  • a second modified example of the fifth embodiment will be described with reference to FIG. 23.
  • a moving member is provided for both the first wearing part and the second wearing part, but at least one of the moving members is the first and/or second Since there is a difference from the above-described fifth embodiment in that it is directly connected to the wearing part, this difference will be mainly described, and the same part will be referred to the description of the fifth embodiment.
  • the first wearing part 11b of the infant carrier according to this modified example is connected to the back plate 60b through the elastic member 50b, and the moving member 300b through the connection member 400b. It is connected, and the second wearing part 12b may be provided to be directly connected to the moving member 300'b. In other words, with respect to the second wearing portion 12b, the connecting member 400b may be omitted, and the moving member 300b may be directly connected to the end of the second wearing portion 12b to be fixed to each other.
  • the spirit of the present invention is not limited thereto, and the second wearing part 12b is connected to the back plate 60b through the elastic member 50b and at the same time connected to the moving member 300b through the connection member 400b.
  • the first wearing part 11b may be configured to be directly connected to the moving member 300'b.
  • the second wearing portion (or the first wearing portion 11b) is disposed to pass through one of the plurality of slits 642b formed in the back cover 64b to be connected to the moving member 300'b, and the first The cable member 100b and the connection member 400b extending from the end of the wearing part 11b (or the second wearing part 12b) may pass through the other one of the plurality of slits 642b.
  • this is only an example, and a single slit 642b is formed in the back cover 64b, and a single slit 642b is used as a cable member 100b, a connection member 400b, and a second wearing part (or It is also possible to be disposed so that the first wearing portion (11b)) passes. Further, in this case, the aforementioned cable extension guide 44b may be provided on the second wearing part (or the first wearing part 11b).
  • FIG. 24 a carrier for infants according to a third modified example of the fifth embodiment described above is shown in FIG. 24.
  • a third modified example of the fifth embodiment will be described with reference to FIG. 24.
  • a fixing member for connecting any one of the first wearing part and the second wearing part to the back plate is additionally provided, and among the first wearing part and the second wearing part
  • the other is different from the fifth embodiment described above in that it is directly connected to the movable member, so the description will focus on these differences, and the description of the fifth embodiment will be used for the same part.
  • the first wearing part 11b of the infant carrier according to the present modified example is provided to be directly connected to the moving member 300'b and fixed to each other with the connection member 400b omitted, and the second The wearing part 12b may be connected to the back plate 60b through the fixing member 14b described in the above-described first modified example.
  • the spirit of the present invention is not limited thereto, and the second wearing portion 12b is provided to be directly connected to the moving member 300'b and fixed to each other, and the first wearing portion 11b is a fixing member 14b It is also possible to be configured to be connected to the back plate (60b) through.
  • an infant carrier 1c may be used to move an infant.
  • the user may move the infant by seating and supporting the infant in the infant carrier 1c while wearing the infant carrier 1c on the body.
  • the infant carrier (1c) includes a waist wearing member (10c), a hip seat (20c), a baby belt (30c), a tightening unit (40c), an elastic member (50c), a back plate (60c) and a connector (70c). I can.
  • the waist wearing member 10c When the user wears the infant carrier 1c, the waist wearing member 10c may be formed to cover all or part of the user's waist.
  • the waist wearing member 10c may include a first wearing part 11c and a second wearing part 12c connected to each other by a cable member 100c to be described later.
  • the waist wearing member 10c may be configured to be fastened to the user's waist while being supported by the user's waist.
  • the overall length of the waist wearing member 10c may be adjusted.
  • the total length of the waist wearing member 10c is the length of the first wearing part 11c and the second wearing part 12c, and the distance between the first wearing part 11c and the second wearing part 12c, and the cable member It can be understood as a concept including the length of the part connected by (100c), and furthermore, when the user wears the infant carrier (1c), the waist wearing member (10c) can be understood as the circumferential length surrounding the user's waist. I can.
  • the waist wearing member 10c may be formed to extend to both sides of the hip sheet 20c, and may be provided in a belt shape having ends on both sides.
  • the hip seat 20c may support the infant's load by supporting the infant's buttocks.
  • This hip sheet (20c) may be connected to the waist wearing member (10c), the end of the first wearing portion (11c) of the waist wearing member (10c) is connected to one side, and the other side of the waist wearing member (10c). 2
  • the end of the wearing part 12c may be connected.
  • the hip sheet 20c may include a foam for maintaining its shape and a fabric covering the foam, and a fluffy feeling when the infant's buttocks are seated on the upper side of the hip sheet 20c
  • a sheet member providing a can be provided.
  • the sheet member may be made of a material such as styrofoam, for example.
  • the hip sheet 20c when viewed from the side, may be formed in a gently curved shape, and the upper surface is inclined so as to gradually increase in a direction away from the user when the user wears the hip sheet 20c.
  • the baby carrier 30c may be provided to support the infant's body.
  • the baby carrier (30c) may include a support portion (31c) for supporting the back or buttocks of an infant, and a shoulder strap (32c) that is connected to the support portion (31c) and is attached to the user's shoulder.
  • the shoulder strap 32c may include a length adjustable strap.
  • the baby carrier 30c is connected to the hip sheet 20c, and the hip sheet 20c is shown to be connected to the waist wearing member 10c, but in some cases, the hip sheet 20c and Any one of the baby carriers 30c may be configured to be selectively removed, or any one may be omitted.
  • the hip seat (20c) is omitted, the baby carrier (30c) is connected to the waist wearing member (10c) so that the baby carrier (30c) can support the hips and back of the infant, and the baby carrier (30c) is omitted. If so, the infant's buttocks may be seated on the hip seat 20c without the baby carrier 30c.
  • the tightening unit 40c may be provided to adjust the overall length of the waist wearing member 10c.
  • the length adjustment of the waist wearing member 10c may be performed by operating the tightening unit 40c while the user is wearing the infant carrier 1c.
  • the tightening unit 40c may include a cable member 100c, an adjustment part 200c, a guide part 300c, and a moving member 400c.
  • Both ends of the cable member 100c may be connected to the adjusting part 200c, and may be wound in the adjusting part 200c by rotating the adjusting part 200c.
  • the cable member (100c) may be provided so as to be accommodated in the waist wearing member (10c) so as not to be exposed to the outside, so that only a portion between the first wearing portion (11c) and the second wearing portion (12c) is exposed. It can be provided. However, the portion of the cable member 100c exposed to the outside may be covered by an elastic member 400c and a back cover 64c to be described later. This cable member 100c may be provided as a wire.
  • first wearing portion 11c (or the second wearing portion 12c)c may be provided with a cable switching guide 42c for changing the extension direction of the cable member 100c by 180 degrees, and the cable switching guide ( 42c) may be provided in a semicircular shape, for example.
  • a cable extension guide 44c for guiding the cable member 100c may be provided on the second wearing part (or the first wearing part 11), and the cable member 100c may pass through the cable extension guide 44c. It can be formed to be able to.
  • the cable extension guide 44c is disposed in the middle of the cable member 100c and is formed to be elongated along the extension direction of the cable member 100c, so that the cable member extending from the adjusting portion 200c toward the back plate 60c ( 100c) movement route can be guided.
  • the adjusting part 200c may be provided to adjust the overall length of the waist wearing member 10c by winding or unwinding the cable member 100c from the inside by rotation.
  • Such an adjustment part 200c may be disposed on the outer circumferential surface of the waist wearing member 10c, and in this embodiment, a case where the adjustment part 200c is provided on the second wearing part 12c is described as an example, The adjusting part 200c may be provided on the first wearing part 11c or the second wearing part 12c.
  • the overall length of the waist wearing member 10c may be adjusted as the user manipulates the adjustment unit 200c even when wearing the infant carrier 1c.
  • the adjusting part 200c is rotated in one direction (eg, clockwise) so that the cable member 100c is wound therein, and by rotating in the other direction (eg, counterclockwise), the cable member ( 100c) can be configured to be released.
  • one direction eg, clockwise
  • the other direction e.g., counterclockwise
  • the cable member ( 100c) can be configured to be released.
  • this is only an example, and the spirit of the present invention is not limited by the configuration of the adjustment unit 200c as described above.
  • the adjustment unit 200c may further include a stopper (not shown) that can selectively limit the rotation of the adjustment unit 200c in another direction, and is locked by the stopper.
  • the stopper may include grooves and protrusions that engage with each other when the adjustment unit 200c is in a locked state. Accordingly, when the adjustment unit 200c is in the locked state, rotation in one direction to reduce the overall length of the waist wearing member 10c is allowed, but in the other direction to increase the overall length of the waist wearing member 10c. The rotation of can be limited by the stopper. By such a stopper, the adjusting portion 200c is arbitrarily rotated in the locked state, so that the wound state of the cable member 100c can be prevented from being unintentionally released.
  • the adjustment unit 200c may further include a cap (not shown) that is selectively movable toward a direction away from the waist wearing member 10c.
  • a cap (not shown) that is selectively movable toward a direction away from the waist wearing member 10c.
  • the locked state may be placed, and the locked state of the adjusting part 200c may be released when the cap of the adjusting part 200c is moved in a direction closer to the waist wearing member 10c.
  • the adjustment unit 200c when the cap of the adjustment unit 200c is moved in a direction closer to the waist wearing member 10c, the adjustment unit 200c is placed in a locked state in which only one direction rotation is possible.
  • the cap of the part 200c When the cap of the part 200c is moved in a direction away from the waist wearing member 10c, it may be provided so that the locked state of the adjusting part 200c is released.
  • the cable member 100c may be wound inside the adjusting part 200c by rotating the adjusting part 200c in a locked state. As the cable member 100c is wound around the adjusting part 200c, the distance between the first wearing part 11c and the second wearing part 12c becomes close, and the overall length of the waist wearing member 10c may be reduced.
  • the adjustment unit (200c) is rotated or the first wearing unit (11c) and the first 2
  • the adjustment unit (200c) is rotated or the first wearing unit (11c) and the first 2
  • the guide portion 300c is provided on the back plate 60c, and is provided to guide the movement path of the cable member 100c moved by the adjustment portion 200c.
  • a plurality of the guide portions 300c may be arranged in a predetermined pattern on the back plate 60c, and the direction in which the cable member 100c extends through the guide portion 300c is appropriately changed. Movement can be guided.
  • a total of four guide portions 300c are provided on the back plate 60c and may be arranged to be symmetrical by two on both sides, but this is only an example and the guide portion
  • the number and arrangement relationship of (300c) can be freely modified depending on the case.
  • the cable member 100c is changed in direction while being caught by each of the guide portions 300c, and a tension applied to the cable member 100c may also be maintained.
  • the guide part 300c can be implemented in various embodiments, and some of the possible embodiments are illustrated in FIG. 28 by way of example.
  • the guide portion 300c is provided in a disk shape or a flange shape, a head 310c, an axial pin 320c extending from one surface of the head 310c, and a back plate 60c. It may include a base (330c) through which the shaft pin (320c) passes and a fixing flange (340c) for fixing the shaft pin (320c) to the opposite side of the back plate (60c).
  • the cable member (100c) is disposed between the head (310c) and the base (330c), the cable member (100c) is in contact with the shaft pin (320c), the cable member (100c) It becomes possible to maintain the tension applied to the shaft pin (320c).
  • the shaft pin 320c is rotatably provided with respect to the head 310c and the base 330c to minimize friction when the cable member 100c moves, but the spirit of the present invention is not limited thereto.
  • 320c) may be provided so that rotation is impossible with respect to the head 310c and the base 330c.
  • the head 310c may be provided in a disk shape having a diameter larger than that of the shaft pin 320c, but this is only an example and the spirit of the present invention is not limited thereto.
  • the shaft pin 320c is formed to protrude from one surface of the head 310c as a pillar shape, and may be installed through the base 330c and the back plate 60c in order.
  • a fixing flange 340c may be provided at the end of the shaft pin 320c, and the fixing flange 340c may be inserted into a groove formed in a recess in the other surface of the back plate 60c and fixed to the back plate 60c, Accordingly, the shaft pin 320c may be maintained without being separated from the back plate 60c.
  • the shaft pin 320c may be provided so as to penetrate only the base 330c to be fixed.
  • the fixing flange 340c may be omitted.
  • the base 330c may be fixed to one side of the back plate 60c, and an adhesive or the like may be used for this purpose.
  • the head 310c, the shaft pin 320c, the base 330c, and the fixing flange 340c may be made of a light metal material such as aluminum.
  • a support groove 312c in which a cable member 100c is partially accommodated may be formed along the circumferential surface of the head 310'c of the guide part 300'c. have.
  • the shaft pin 320c extends from one surface of the head 310'c, and may be provided to sequentially pass through the base 330c and the back plate 60c, and at the end of the shaft pin 320c, the back plate 60c It is the same as the embodiment shown in Fig. 27 (a) that the fixing flange (340c) for fixing the shaft pin (320c) may be provided.
  • the cable member (100c) is in contact with the support groove (312c), the tension applied to the cable member (100c) by interference with the support groove (312c) Can be maintained.
  • the cable member 100c does not contact the shaft pin 320c.
  • the head 310'c may be provided to be rotatable with respect to the base 330c, thereby minimizing friction when the cable member 100c moves.
  • a washer for facilitating rotation of the head 310c may be additionally provided between the base 330c and the head 310'c.
  • the head 310'c may be fixed to the base 330c so as not to be rotatable.
  • the moving member 400c is fastened to the back plate 60c and is provided to be slidably moved with respect to the back plate 60c.
  • the moving member 400c may be moved on the back plate 60c by manipulation of the tightening unit 40c, and as the moving member 400c moves on the back plate 60c, the first wearing part 11c and the first 2 The interval between the wearing parts 12c may be changed.
  • Two such moving members 400c may be provided with respect to the back plate 60c, and may include a first moving member 410c and a second moving member 420c.
  • the first moving member 410c may be connected through the first wearing part 11c and the cable member 100c, and the second moving member 420c may be connected to the second wearing part 12c and the cable member 100c. It can be connected through.
  • the first moving member 410c and the second moving member 420c may be arranged to be symmetrical with respect to the center line of the back plate 60c.
  • the first moving member 410c and the second moving member 420c are moved in a direction away from each other by the manipulation of the tightening unit 40c, between the first wearing part 11c and the second wearing part 12c The gap can be narrowed.
  • the moving member 400c may include a guide protrusion 402c and a guide member 404c.
  • the guide protrusion 402c is inserted into one or more guide holes 622c formed through the back plate 62c of the back plate 60c, so that the guide protrusion 402c is guided when the moving member 400c moves on the back plate 60c. It can be moved while being guided by the ball (622c).
  • the guide protrusion 402c may be formed to protrude from a surface of the moving member 400c facing the back plate 60c.
  • the guide protrusion 402c may have a rectangular or elliptical end, and the guide protrusion 402c is provided with a guide hole 622c so as not to be separated from the guide hole 622c formed in the back plate 62c of the back plate 60c. ) Can be provided so that it can be hooked by being inserted into and rotated approximately 90 degrees.
  • the guide member 404c is provided to change the extension direction of the cable member 100c, and may be provided at the end of the moving member 400c.
  • the guide member 404c may be provided in an arc shape, for example.
  • the elastic member 50c is connected to at least one end of the first wearing part 11c and the second wearing part 12c, and is provided to have a variable length.
  • an elastic member 50c is provided with respect to the ends of both the first wearing part 11c and the second wearing part 12c is illustrated, but the spirit of the present invention is not limited thereto.
  • the elastic member 50c may be provided with respect to the first wearing portion 11c or the second wearing portion 12c.
  • the length of the elastic member 50c may be changed as the distance between the first wearing part 11c and the second wearing part 12c is adjusted, and includes a hollow inside, and the elastic member 50c
  • the cable member 100c and the connection member 400c may pass through the hollow inside.
  • the elastic member 50c may be connected to the back cover 64c.
  • one end of the elastic member 50c is connected to one end of the first wearing part 11c and the second wearing part 12c, and the other end is a slit 642c formed in the back cover 64c to be described later. ) Can be connected.
  • the spirit of the present invention is not limited thereto, and the other end of the elastic member 50c may be connected to other parts of the back cover 64c except for the slit 642c, or may be directly connected to the backplate 62c. .
  • the elastic member 50c may include one or more wrinkles on its surface, furthermore, it may be provided in a bellows shape, and for example, may be made of a fiber material having a free shape deformation. Since the cable member 100c is not exposed to the outside by the elastic member 50c, problems such as injury to infants, etc. can be prevented by the cable member 100c, and the appearance of the infant carrier 1c This can be beautiful.
  • the back plate 60c When the infant carrier 1c is properly worn on the user's body, the back plate 60c is in close contact with the back at the top of the user's hip to support the user's waist. Further, the back plate 60c is connected to the end of the elastic member 50c.
  • the back plate 60c may include a back plate 62c provided as a material having a predetermined rigidity to support the user's waist, and a back plate cover 64c receiving and covering the back plate 62c therein.
  • the back plate 62c may be formed of a hard and light plastic material, for example, and may be formed through a plurality of holes on the surface to reduce the load.
  • a moving member 400c may be provided on a surface of the back plate 62c opposite to the surface on which the user's body will abut. Accordingly, a part of the moving member 400c and the cable member 100c is disposed on the opposite side of the surface where the user's body will abut, among both surfaces of the back plate 62c, and the adjustment unit 200c on the back plate 62c The cable member 100c and the moving member 400c may be moved by the rotation operation of the.
  • a guide hole 622c into which the guide protrusion 402c of the moving member 400c is inserted may be formed in the back plate 62c.
  • the guide hole 622c may be provided in two sets and formed to be symmetrical with respect to the center line of the back plate 62c.
  • the guide hole 622c may be formed in a shape that descends from the center of the back plate 62c toward the outside. Accordingly, when the cable member 100c is tightened by the manipulation of the adjusting part 200c and the gap between the first wearing part 11c and the second wearing part 12c is reduced, the moving member 400c is a guide hole ( 622c) may be guided and moved along the extension direction. In other words, when the cable member 100c is tightened, when the user wears the infant carrier 1c, the moving member 400c may descend with respect to the ground while the user is standing.
  • the back plate cover 64c may be provided to accommodate and cover the cable member 100c and the moving member 400c provided on one side of the back plate 62c together with the back plate 62c.
  • the elastic member 50c may be connected to the back plate 62c or the back cover 64c, and the back cover 64c includes at least one end of the first wearing part 11c and the second wearing part 12c.
  • a slit 642c through which the cable member 100c extending from is passed may be formed.
  • the slit 642c may be formed as a long gap formed to communicate the outside and the inside of the back cover 64c, and when the back cover 64c is made of a fabric material, It can be provided. Two such slits 642c may be formed to correspond to the first wearing portion 11c and the second wearing portion 12c with respect to the back cover 64c, respectively.
  • the cable member (100c) by manipulating the adjustment unit (200c) while the back plate (60c) supports the user's waist
  • the connector 70c may be selectively fastened so that the waist wearing member 10c can be seated on the user's waist while at least partially covering the user's waist. At least a portion of the connector 70c may be provided on the outer periphery of the waist wearing member 10c. In addition, the connector 70c may be provided in at least one or more types.
  • the connector 70c may include a buckle-type first connector 71c and a Velcro-type second connector 72c.
  • the connector (70c) is provided as a fastening means between the first wearing portion (11c) and the second wearing portion (12c), and when the waist wearing member (10c) wraps around the user's waist, both ends thereof will be connected to each other. I can.
  • the user can secure the waist wearing member 10c to his/her waist by fastening the infant carrier 1c to his/her body and then fastening the connector 70c.
  • the waist wearing member 10c is in close contact with the user's waist over a certain level, the load applied to the user's waist is reduced, and the user can feel the comfort of the waist.
  • the user can reduce the overall length of the waist wearing member 10c by manipulating the tightening unit 40c to make the waist wearing member 10c and the back plate 60c more in close contact with the user's body.
  • the user can rotate the adjusting part 200c in a locked state and rotated in one direction so that the cable member 100c connected to the adjusting part 200c is wound in the adjusting part 200c.
  • the cable member 100c is wound in the adjustment part 200c, the length of the cable member 100c between the first wearing part 11c and the second wearing part 12c decreases as shown in FIG. The distance between the first wearing portion 11c and the second wearing portion 12c becomes close, and the length of the elastic member 50c is reduced.
  • the user can reduce the distance between the first wearing unit 11c and the second wearing unit 12c by rotating the adjustment unit 200c, thereby reducing the overall length of the waist wearing member 10c.
  • the user can seat the infant on the hip seat 20c and/or the baby carrier 30c.
  • the user can remove the waist wearing member 10c from his/her waist by operating the tightening unit 40c and the connector 70c.
  • the user releases the lock state of the adjustment unit 200c of the tightening unit 40c, rotates the adjustment unit 200c, or moves the first wearing unit 11c and the second wearing unit 12c away from each other.
  • the cable member (100c) wound inside the adjustment part (200c) is released, the gap between the first wearing part (11c) and the second wearing part (12c) increases, and the overall length of the waist wearing member (10c) increases. I can. Thereafter, the user can release the fastening of the connector 70c to remove the waist wearing member 10c from the body.

Abstract

The present invention relates to an infant carrier. Specifically, according to one embodiment of the present invention, an infant carrier may be provided, the infant carrier comprising: a wearable waist member which is provided so as to be worn on a user's waist and comprises a first wearable part and a second wearable part; a tightening unit, which is provided on the wearable waist member, for adjusting, when the wearable waist member is worn on the user's waist, a distance between the first wearable part and the second wearable part; a cover, which is detachably connected to the wearable waist member, for covering at least a portion of the tightening unit; and a back panel which is detachably attached to one surface of the cover and can support the user's waist.

Description

유아용 캐리어Infant carrier
본 발명은 유아용 캐리어에 대한 것이다.The present invention relates to a carrier for infants.
일반적으로 유아용 캐리어는 걸음마를 하지 못하는 유아의 외출시에, 편리함과 안전을 위하여, 유아를 사용자의 가슴에 안거나 등에 업었을 때 유아를 안정적으로 지지하기 위해 사용된다.In general, the infant carrier is used to stably support the infant when the infant is out of walking, for convenience and safety, when the infant is held on the user's chest or on the back.
종래의 일반적인 유아용 캐리어의 경우, 유아의 체중이 어깨벨트를 통하여 보호자의 어깨로 대부분 전달됨은 물론이고, 유아를 안거나 업는 자세에 따라 보호자가 밸런스를 유지하기 위하여 상체를 젖히거나 숙이게 됨으로써, 결과적으로 보호자의 척추에 무리가 따르는 문제가 있을 뿐만 아니라, 그 착용이 매우 불편한 문제가 있다. In the case of a conventional carrier for infants, most of the infant's weight is transmitted to the shoulder of the guardian through the shoulder belt, and the guardian tilts or lowers the upper body to maintain the balance according to the position of holding or lifting the infant. Not only is there a problem with excessive strain on the back of the guardian, but there is also a problem that it is very uncomfortable to wear it.
특히, 유아가 성장해 감에 따라 체중이 늘어남으로써, 유아의 체중이 허리 등의 특정 신체부위에 과도하게 집중될 수 있고, 사용자의 신체에 유아용 캐리어를 밀착시키는 것이 용이하지 않다는 문제가 있다.In particular, there is a problem in that the weight of the infant increases as the infant grows, so that the infant's weight may be excessively concentrated on a specific body part such as the waist, and it is not easy to adhere the infant carrier to the user's body.
본 발명의 실시예들은 상술한 종래 기술의 문제를 해결하기 위해 안출된 것으로서, 사용자의 신체의 특정 부위에 유아의 체중이 집중되지 않도록 유아의 체중을 분산하고 사용자의 신체에 가해지는 부담을 경감할 수 있는 유아용 캐리어를 제공하고자 한다. Embodiments of the present invention have been devised to solve the problem of the prior art described above, and distribute the infant's weight so that the infant's weight is not concentrated on a specific part of the user's body and reduce the burden on the user's body. We want to provide a carrier for infants that can be used.
또한, 착용시 단순한 조작에 의해 사용자의 신체에 쉽게 밀착될 수 있는 유아용 캐리어를 제공하고자 한다. In addition, it is intended to provide a carrier for infants that can be easily adhered to the user's body by a simple operation when worn.
본 발명의 일 측면에 따르면, 사용자의 허리에 착용 가능하게 제공되고, 제1 착용부와 제2 착용부를 포함하는 허리착용부재; 상기 허리착용부재에 제공되고, 상기 허리착용부재가 상기 사용자의 허리에 착용되었을 때, 상기 제1 착용부와 상기 제2 착용부 사이의 간격을 조절하기 위한 조임유닛; 상기 허리착용부재에 분리 가능하게 연결되어 상기 조임유닛의 적어도 일부를 커버하는 커버; 및 상기 커버의 일 면에 분리 가능하게 부착되고, 상기 사용자의 허리를 지지할 수 있는 등판을 포함하는, 유아용 캐리어가 제공될 수 있다.According to an aspect of the present invention, a waist wearing member provided to be worn on a user's waist and including a first wearing portion and a second wearing portion; A tightening unit provided on the waist wearing member and configured to adjust a gap between the first wearing portion and the second wearing portion when the waist wearing member is worn on the user's waist; A cover detachably connected to the waist wearing member to cover at least a portion of the tightening unit; And a back plate detachably attached to one side of the cover and capable of supporting the waist of the user, a carrier for infants may be provided.
또한, 사용자의 허리에 착용 가능하게 제공되고, 제1 착용부와 제2 착용부를 포함하는 허리착용부재; 상기 허리착용부재에 제공되고, 상기 허리착용부재가 상기 사용자의 허리에 착용되었을 때, 상기 제1 착용부와 상기 제2 착용부 사이의 간격을 조절하기 위한 조임유닛; 상기 제1 착용부와 상기 제2 착용부 중 적어도 하나의 단부에 연결되고, 길이가 가변될 수 있는 신축 부재; 및 상기 신축 부재의 단부에 연결되고, 상기 사용자의 허리를 지지할 수 있는 등판을 포함하고, 상기 제1 착용부와 상기 제2 착용부 사이의 간격이 조절되면서 변함에 따라 상기 신축 부재의 길이가 변화되는, 유아용 캐리어가 제공될 수 있다.In addition, a waist wearing member provided to be worn on the user's waist and including a first wearing portion and a second wearing portion; A tightening unit provided on the waist wearing member and configured to adjust a gap between the first wearing portion and the second wearing portion when the waist wearing member is worn on the user's waist; An elastic member connected to an end of at least one of the first wearing part and the second wearing part and having a variable length; And a back plate connected to an end of the elastic member and capable of supporting the user's waist, and the length of the elastic member is changed as the distance between the first wearing part and the second wearing part is adjusted. A changeable, infant carrier can be provided.
또한, 사용자의 허리에 착용 가능하게 제공되고, 제1 착용부와 제2 착용부를 포함하는 허리착용부재; 상기 허리착용부재에 제공되고, 상기 허리착용부재가 상기 사용자의 허리에 착용되었을 때, 상기 제1 착용부와 상기 제2 착용부 사이의 간격을 조절하기 위한 조임유닛; 및 상기 사용자의 허리를 지지하도록 소정의 강성을 갖는 재질로서 제공되는 백플레이트를 포함하는 등판을 포함하고, 상기 조임유닛은, 상기 허리착용부재와 상기 등판을 연결하고, 상기 등판에 대하여 슬라이드 이동 가능하게 제공되는 이동 부재를 포함하고, 상기 이동 부재는 상기 조임유닛의 조작에 의해 상기 등판 상에서 이동될 수 있고, 상기 이동 부재가 상기 등판 상에서 이동됨에 따라 상기 제1 착용부와 상기 제2 착용부 사이의 간격이 변화되는, 유아용 캐리어가 제공될 수 있다.In addition, a waist wearing member provided to be worn on the user's waist and including a first wearing portion and a second wearing portion; A tightening unit provided on the waist wearing member and configured to adjust a gap between the first wearing portion and the second wearing portion when the waist wearing member is worn on the user's waist; And a back plate including a back plate provided as a material having a predetermined rigidity to support the user's waist, wherein the tightening unit connects the waist wearing member and the back plate, and slides with respect to the back plate. A movable member provided to be used, and the movable member may be moved on the back plate by manipulation of the tightening unit, and as the movable member is moved on the back plate, between the first wearing part and the second wearing part Infant carriers may be provided, in which the spacing of is changed.
또한, 사용자의 허리에 착용 가능하게 제공되고, 제1 착용부와 제2 착용부를 포함하는 허리착용부재; 상기 허리착용부재에 제공되고, 상기 허리착용부재가 상기 사용자의 허리에 착용되었을 때, 상기 제1 착용부와 상기 제2 착용부 사이의 간격을 조절하기 위한 조임유닛; 및 상기 사용자의 허리를 지지하도록 소정의 강성을 갖는 재질로서 제공되는 백플레이트를 포함하는 등판을 포함하고, 상기 조임유닛은, 상기 등판에 체결되고, 상기 등판에 대하여 슬라이드 이동 가능하게 제공되는 이동 부재를 포함하고, 상기 이동 부재는, 상기 제1 착용부와 연결되는 제1 이동 부재; 및 상기 제2 착용부와 연결되는 제2 이동 부재를 포함하고, 상기 조임유닛의 조작에 의해 상기 제1 이동 부재와 상기 제2 이동 부재가 서로 멀어지는 방향으로 이동됨에 따라 상기 제1 착용부와 상기 제2 착용부 사이의 간격이 좁아지는, 유아용 캐리어가 제공될 수 있다.In addition, a waist wearing member provided to be worn on the user's waist and including a first wearing portion and a second wearing portion; A tightening unit provided on the waist wearing member and configured to adjust a gap between the first wearing portion and the second wearing portion when the waist wearing member is worn on the user's waist; And a back plate including a back plate provided as a material having a predetermined rigidity to support the user's waist, wherein the tightening unit is fastened to the back plate and provided to be slidably moved with respect to the back plate Including, the moving member, a first moving member connected to the first wearing part; And a second moving member connected to the second wearing part, and as the first moving member and the second moving member are moved in a direction away from each other by an operation of the tightening unit, the first wearing part and the An infant carrier may be provided, in which the gap between the second wearing parts is narrowed.
본 발명의 실시예들에 따르면, 유아용 캐리어의 착용시 사용자의 신체의 특정 부위에 유아의 체중이 집중되지 않도록 유아의 체중을 분산하고 사용자의 신체에 가해지는 부담을 경감할 수 있다는 효과가 있다.According to embodiments of the present invention, when the infant carrier is worn, it is possible to distribute the infant's weight so that the infant's weight is not concentrated on a specific part of the user's body and reduce the burden on the user's body.
또한, 착용시 단순한 조작에 의해 사용자의 신체에 쉽게 밀착될 수 있다는 효과가 있다.In addition, there is an effect that it can be easily adhered to the user's body by a simple operation when worn.
도 1은 본 발명의 제1 실시예에 따른 유아용 캐리어를 도시한 사시도이다. 1 is a perspective view showing a carrier for infants according to a first embodiment of the present invention.
도 2는 도 1의 유아용 캐리어의 허리착용부재가 펼쳐진 상태를 도시한 도면이다. 2 is a view showing a state in which the waist wearing member of the infant carrier of FIG. 1 is unfolded.
도 3은 도 2의 케이블 부재 및 걸림부를 확대한 확대도이다. 3 is an enlarged view of an enlarged cable member and a locking portion of FIG. 2.
도 4는 도 3의 조임유닛의 일 변형예를 나타낸 도면이다.4 is a view showing a modified example of the tightening unit of FIG. 3.
도 5는 도 1의 A-A' 단면도이다.5 is a cross-sectional view taken along line A-A' of FIG. 1.
도 6은 도 2의 유아용 캐리어의 조임유닛이 조작되어 허리착용부재의 둘레길이가 줄어든 모습을 나타내는 도면이다. 6 is a view showing a state in which the circumferential length of the waist wearing member is reduced by operating the tightening unit of the infant carrier of FIG. 2.
도 7은 본 발명의 제2 실시예에 따른 유아용 캐리어를 도시한 도면이다.7 is a view showing an infant carrier according to a second embodiment of the present invention.
도 8은 도 7의 케이블 부재 및 걸림부를 확대한 확대도이다. 8 is an enlarged view of an enlarged cable member and a locking portion of FIG. 7.
도 9는 도 7의 유아용 캐리어의 조임유닛이 조작되어 허리착용부재의 둘레길이가 줄어든 모습을 나타내는 도면이다.9 is a view showing a state in which the circumferential length of the waist wearing member is reduced by operating the tightening unit of the infant carrier of FIG. 7.
도 10은 본 발명의 제3 실시예에 따른 유아용 캐리어를 도시한 사시도이다. 10 is a perspective view showing a carrier for infants according to a third embodiment of the present invention.
도 11는 도 10의 유아용 캐리어의 허리착용부재가 펼쳐진 상태를 도시한 도면이다. 11 is a view showing a state in which the waist wearing member of the infant carrier of FIG. 10 is unfolded.
도 12은 도 11의 케이블 가이드의 다양한 실시예를 도시한 도면이다.12 is a diagram illustrating various embodiments of the cable guide of FIG. 11.
도 13는 도 10의 허리착용부재의 길이가 줄어들기 전 상태를 도시한 도면이다.13 is a view showing a state before the length of the waist wearing member of FIG. 10 is reduced.
도 14는 도 13의 허리착용부재의 길이가 줄어든 상태를 도시한 도면이다.14 is a view showing a state in which the length of the waist wearing member of FIG. 13 is reduced.
도 15은 본 발명의 제4 실시예에 따른 유아용 캐리어의 등판 및 허리착용부재의 세부 구성을 도시한 도면이다.15 is a view showing a detailed configuration of a back plate and a waist wearing member of the infant carrier according to the fourth embodiment of the present invention.
도 16은 본 발명의 제5 실시예에 따른 유아용 캐리어를 도시한 사시도이다. 16 is a perspective view showing a carrier for infants according to a fifth embodiment of the present invention.
도 17는 도 16의 유아용 캐리어의 허리착용부재가 펼쳐진 상태를 도시한 도면이다. 17 is a view showing a state in which the waist wearing member of the infant carrier of FIG. 16 is unfolded.
도 18은 도 16의 등판과 이동 부재의 체결 방법을 도시한 분해사시도이다.18 is an exploded perspective view showing a method of fastening the back plate of FIG. 16 and the moving member.
도 19는 도 17의 등판을 도시한 도면이다.19 is a view showing the back plate of FIG. 17.
도 20는 도 16의 허리착용부재의 길이가 줄어들기 전 상태를 도시한 도면이다.20 is a view showing a state before the length of the waist wearing member of FIG. 16 is reduced.
도 21은 도 19의 허리착용부재의 길이가 줄어든 상태를 도시한 도면이다.21 is a view showing a state in which the length of the waist wearing member of FIG. 19 is reduced.
도 22은 도 16의 제1 변형예에 따른 유아용 캐리어의 등판과 허리착용부재의 연결 상태를 도시한 도면이다.22 is a view showing a connection state of a back plate and a waist wearing member of the infant carrier according to the first modification of FIG. 16.
도 23은 도 16의 제2 변형예에 따른 유아용 캐리어의 등판과 허리착용부재의 연결 상태를 도시한 도면이다.23 is a view showing a connection state of a back plate and a waist wearing member of the infant carrier according to the second modification of FIG. 16.
도 24는 도 16의 제3 변형예에 따른 유아용 캐리어의 등판과 허리착용부재의 연결 상태를 도시한 도면이다.FIG. 24 is a view showing a connection state between a back plate and a waist wearing member of the infant carrier according to the third modified example of FIG. 16.
도 25는 본 발명의 제6 실시예에 따른 유아용 캐리어를 도시한 사시도이다. 25 is a perspective view showing a carrier for infants according to a sixth embodiment of the present invention.
도 26는 도 25의 유아용 캐리어의 허리착용부재가 펼쳐진 상태를 도시한 도면이다. 26 is a view showing a state in which the waist wearing member of the infant carrier of FIG. 25 is unfolded.
도 27은 도 26의 제1 착용부와 제2 착용부가 서로 가까워진 상태를 도시한 도면이다.FIG. 27 is a diagram illustrating a state in which the first wearing part and the second wearing part of FIG. 26 are close to each other.
도 28는 도 26의 케이블 가이드의 다양한 실시예를 도시한 도면이다.28 is a diagram illustrating various embodiments of the cable guide of FIG. 26.
도 29는 도 25의 허리착용부재의 길이가 줄어들기 전 상태를 도시한 도면이다.29 is a view showing a state before the length of the waist wearing member of FIG. 25 is reduced.
도 30은 도 28의 허리착용부재의 길이가 줄어든 상태를 도시한 도면이다.30 is a view showing a state in which the length of the waist wearing member of FIG. 28 is reduced.
이하에서는 본 발명의 사상을 구현하기 위한 구체적인 실시예에 대하여 도면을 참조하여 상세히 설명하도록 한다. Hereinafter, specific embodiments for implementing the spirit of the present invention will be described in detail with reference to the drawings.
아울러 본 발명을 설명함에 있어서 관련된 공지 구성 또는 기능에 대한 구체적인 설명이 본 발명의 요지를 흐릴 수 있다고 판단되는 경우에는 그 상세한 설명을 생략한다. In addition, when it is determined that a detailed description of a known configuration or function related to the present invention may obscure the subject matter of the present invention, a detailed description thereof will be omitted.
또한, 어떤 구성요소가 다른 구성요소에 '연결', '지지', '접촉'된다고 언급된 때에는 그 다른 구성요소에 직접적으로 연결, 지지, 접촉될 수도 있지만 중간에 다른 구성요소가 존재할 수도 있다고 이해되어야 할 것이다.In addition, when a component is referred to as being'connected','supported', or'contacted' with another component, it is understood that it may be directly connected, supported, or contacted with the other component, but other components may exist in the middle. Should be.
본 명세서에서 사용된 용어는 단지 특정한 실시예를 설명하기 위해 사용된 것으로 본 발명을 한정하려는 의도로 사용된 것은 아니다. 단수의 표현은 문맥상 명백하게 다르게 뜻하지 않는 한 복수의 표현을 포함한다.The terms used in the present specification are used only to describe specific embodiments and are not intended to limit the present invention. Singular expressions include plural expressions unless the context clearly indicates otherwise.
또한, 본 명세서에서 상측, 하측, 측면 등의 표현은 도면에 도시를 기준으로 설명한 것이며 해당 대상의 방향이 변경되면 다르게 표현될 수 있음을 미리 밝혀둔다. 마찬가지의 이유로 첨부 도면에 있어서 일부 구성요소는 과장되거나 생략되거나 또는 개략적으로 도시되었으며, 각 구성요소의 크기는 실제 크기를 전적으로 반영하는 것이 아니다.In addition, in the present specification, expressions such as the upper side, the lower side, and the side are described with reference to the drawings in the drawings, and it should be noted in advance that if the direction of the object is changed, it may be expressed differently. For the same reason, some components in the accompanying drawings are exaggerated, omitted, or schematically illustrated, and the size of each component does not entirely reflect the actual size.
또한, 제1, 제2 등과 같이 서수를 포함하는 용어는 다양한 구성요소들을 설명하는데 사용될 수 있지만, 해당 구성요소들은 이와 같은 용어들에 의해 한정되지는 않는다. 이 용어들은 하나의 구성요소들을 다른 구성요소로부터 구별하는 목적으로만 사용된다.In addition, terms including ordinal numbers such as first and second may be used to describe various elements, but the corresponding elements are not limited by these terms. These terms are only used for the purpose of distinguishing one component from another.
명세서에서 사용되는 "포함하는"의 의미는 특정 특성, 영역, 정수, 단계, 동작, 요소 및/또는 성분을 구체화하며, 다른 특정 특성, 영역, 정수, 단계, 동작, 요소, 성분 및/또는 군의 존재나 부가를 제외시키는 것은 아니다.The meaning of "comprising" as used in the specification specifies a specific characteristic, region, integer, step, action, element and/or component, and other specific characteristic, region, integer, step, action, element, component and/or group It does not exclude the existence or addition of
이하, 도면을 참조하여 본 발명의 제1 실시예에 따른 유아용 캐리어의 구체적인 구성에 대하여 설명한다. Hereinafter, a specific configuration of the infant carrier according to the first embodiment of the present invention will be described with reference to the drawings.
먼저, 도 1을 참조하면, 본 발명의 제1 실시예에 따른 유아용 캐리어(1)는 유아를 이동시키기 위해 사용될 수 있다. 이때, 사용자는 유아용 캐리어(1)를 신체에 착용한 상태에서 유아용 캐리어(1)에 유아를 안착시켜서 지지한 상태로 움직일 수 있다. 이러한 유아용 캐리어(1)는 허리착용부재(10), 힙시트(20), 아기띠(30), 조임유닛(40), 커버(50), 등판(60) 및 연결구(70)를 포함할 수 있다. First, referring to FIG. 1, the infant carrier 1 according to the first embodiment of the present invention may be used to move an infant. In this case, the user may move the infant carrier 1 while the infant carrier 1 is worn on the body, while the infant is seated and supported on the infant carrier 1. This infant carrier (1) may include a waist wearing member (10), hip seat (20), baby carrier (30), tightening unit (40), cover (50), back plate (60) and connector (70) have.
허리착용부재(10)는 사용자가 유아용 캐리어(1)를 착용하였을 때, 사용자의 허리의 전부 또는 일부를 감싸도록 형성될 수 있다. 이러한 허리착용부재(10)는 후술하는 케이블 부재(100)에 의해 서로 연결되는 제1 착용부(11) 및 제2 착용부(12)를 포함할 수 있다. 또한, 허리착용부재(10)는 사용자의 허리에 지지된 상태에서 사용자의 허리에 체결될 수 있도록 구성될 수 있다. 또한, 제1 착용부(11)와 제2 착용부(12) 사이의 간격이 조임유닛(40)에 의해 조절됨에 따라 허리착용부재(10)의 전체 길이가 조절될 수 있다. 여기서 허리착용부재(10)의 전체 길이는 제1 착용부(11)와 제2 착용부(12)의 길이와 제1 착용부(11)와 제2 착용부(12) 사이의 간격으로서 케이블 부재(100)에 의해 연결된 부분의 길이도 포함하는 개념으로서, 사용자가 유아용 캐리어(1)를 착용하였을 때 허리착용부재(10)가 사용자의 허리를 감싸는 둘레 길이로 이해될 수 있다. 또한, 허리착용부재(10)는 힙시트(20)의 양측으로 연장하도록 형성될 수 있으며, 양측에 단부를 가지는 띠 형상으로 제공될 수 있다. When the user wears the infant carrier 1, the waist wearing member 10 may be formed to cover all or part of the user's waist. The waist wearing member 10 may include a first wearing part 11 and a second wearing part 12 connected to each other by a cable member 100 to be described later. In addition, the waist wearing member 10 may be configured to be fastened to the user's waist while being supported by the user's waist. In addition, as the distance between the first wearing portion 11 and the second wearing portion 12 is adjusted by the tightening unit 40, the overall length of the waist wearing member 10 may be adjusted. Here, the total length of the waist wearing member 10 is the length of the first wearing part 11 and the second wearing part 12 and the distance between the first wearing part 11 and the second wearing part 12, and the cable member As a concept including the length of the part connected by 100, when the user wears the infant carrier 1, the waist wearing member 10 may be understood as the circumferential length surrounding the user's waist. In addition, the waist wearing member 10 may be formed to extend to both sides of the hip sheet 20, and may be provided in a belt shape having ends on both sides.
힙시트(20)는 유아의 엉덩이를 받침으로써 유아의 하중을 지지할 수 있다. 이러한 힙시트(20)는 허리착용부재(10)에 연결될 수 있으며, 일측에 허리착용부재(10)의 제1 착용부(11)의 단부가 연결되고, 타측에 허리착용부재(10)의 제2 착용부(12)의 단부가 연결될 수 있다. 또한, 힙시트(20)는 그 형상을 견고하게 유지하기 위한 폼(foam) 및 이러한 폼을 커버하는 패브릭을 포함할 수 있으며, 힙시트(20)의 상측에는 유아의 엉덩이가 안착되었을 때 푹신한 느낌을 제공하는 시트부재가 제공될 수 있다. 시트부재는 일 예로 스티로폼과 같은 재질로 구성될 수 있다. The hip seat 20 may support the infant's load by supporting the infant's buttocks. The hip sheet 20 may be connected to the waist wearing member 10, and the end of the first wearing part 11 of the waist wearing member 10 is connected to one side, and the other side of the waist wearing member 10 2 The end of the wearing part 12 may be connected. In addition, the hip sheet 20 may include a foam for maintaining its shape firmly and a fabric covering the foam, and the upper side of the hip sheet 20 feels fluffy when the infant's buttocks are seated. A sheet member providing a can be provided. The sheet member may be made of a material such as styrofoam, for example.
또한, 힙시트(20)는 측면에서 보았을 때 하면은 완만하게 굴곡진 형상으로 형성될 수 있고, 그 상면은 사용자가 힙시트(20)를 착용하였을 때 사용자로부터 멀어지는 방향으로 점점 높아지도록 경사지는 형상을 가질 수 있다. 이로써 유아가 힙시트(20) 상에 안착되었을 때 유아의 상반신이 사용자의 신체 쪽으로 기울어져서 유아에게 안락함과 안정감을 제공할 수 있다. In addition, when viewed from the side, the hip sheet 20 may be formed in a gently curved shape, and the upper surface of the hip sheet 20 is inclined to increase in a direction away from the user when the user wears the hip sheet 20 Can have Accordingly, when the infant is seated on the hip seat 20, the upper body of the infant is inclined toward the user's body, thereby providing comfort and stability to the infant.
아기띠(30)는 유아의 신체를 받치도록 제공될 수 있다. 이러한 아기띠(30)는 유아의 등 또는 엉덩이를 받치는 지지부(31) 및 이러한 지지부(31)와 연결되어 사용자의 어깨에 견착되는 어깨끈(32)을 포함할 수 있다. 이때, 어깨끈(32)은 길이 조절 가능한 스트랩을 포함할 수 있다. The baby carrier 30 may be provided to support an infant's body. The baby carrier 30 may include a support portion 31 for supporting the back or buttocks of an infant, and a shoulder strap 32 connected to the support portion 31 and attached to the shoulder of the user. At this time, the shoulder strap 32 may include a length adjustable strap.
한편, 본 실시예에서는 아기띠(30)가 힙시트(20)에 연결되고, 힙시트(20)가 허리착용부재(10)에 연결되는 것으로 도시하였으나, 경우에 따라서는 힙시트(20) 및 아기띠(30) 중 어느 하나가 선택적으로 탈거 가능하게 구성되거나 어느 하나가 생략될 수도 있다. 또한, 힙시트(20)가 생략될 경우 아기띠(30)가 허리착용부재(10)에 연결되어 아기띠(30)가 유아의 엉덩이와 등을 지지할 수 있고, 아기띠(30)가 생략될 경우 아기띠(30) 없이 힙시트(20)에 유아의 엉덩이가 안착될 수 있다. On the other hand, in the present embodiment, the baby carrier 30 is connected to the hip seat 20, the hip seat 20 is shown to be connected to the waist wearing member 10, but in some cases, the hip seat 20 and Any one of the baby carriers 30 may be configured to be selectively removed, or any one may be omitted. In addition, when the hip seat 20 is omitted, the baby carrier 30 is connected to the waist wearing member 10 so that the baby carrier 30 can support the hips and back of the infant, and the baby carrier 30 is omitted. If so, the infant's buttocks may be seated on the hip seat 20 without the baby carrier 30.
도 2 및 도 3을 참조하면, 조임유닛(40)은 허리착용부재(10)의 전체 길이를 조절하도록 제공될 수 있다. 또한, 이러한 허리착용부재(10)의 길이 조절은 사용자가 유아용 캐리어(1)를 착용한 상태에서 조임유닛(40)을 조작함으로써 이루어질 수 있다. 이러한 조임유닛(40)은 케이블 부재(100), 조절부(200) 및 걸림부(300)를 포함할 수 있다. 2 and 3, the tightening unit 40 may be provided to adjust the overall length of the waist wearing member 10. In addition, the length adjustment of the waist wearing member 10 may be performed by operating the tightening unit 40 while the user is wearing the infant carrier 1. The tightening unit 40 may include a cable member 100, an adjustment part 200 and a locking part 300.
케이블 부재(100)는 양 단이 조절부(200)에 연결될 수 있으며, 조절부(200)가 회전함으로써 조절부(200) 내에 권취될 수 있다. 또한, 케이블 부재(100)는 허리착용부재(10)의 내부에 수용되어 외부로 드러나지 않도록 구비될 수 있으며, 제1 착용부(11)와 제2 착용부(12)의 사이에서 일부만이 노출되도록 구비될 수 있다. 다만, 이렇게 케이블 부재(100) 중 외부에 노출되는 부분은 후술할 커버(50)에 의해 커버될 수 있다. 또한, 케이블 부재(100)는 조절부(200)로부터 연장되어 걸림부(300)를 통과한 후 다시 조절부(200)로 연장되어 조절부(200)에 연결될 수 있다. 이러한 케이블 부재(100)는 와이어로서 제공될 수 있다. Both ends of the cable member 100 may be connected to the adjusting unit 200, and may be wound in the adjusting unit 200 by rotating the adjusting unit 200. In addition, the cable member 100 may be provided so as not to be exposed to the outside by being accommodated in the waist wearing member 10, and only partially exposed between the first wearing part 11 and the second wearing part 12 It can be provided. However, the portion of the cable member 100 exposed to the outside may be covered by a cover 50 to be described later. In addition, the cable member 100 may extend from the adjustment unit 200 to pass through the locking unit 300 and then extend back to the adjustment unit 200 to be connected to the adjustment unit 200. This cable member 100 may be provided as a wire.
조절부(200)는 회전에 의해 내부에서 케이블 부재(100)를 감거나 풀음으로써 허리착용부재(10)의 전체 길이를 조절하도록 제공될 수 있다. 이러한 조절부(200)는 허리착용부재(10)의 외측 둘레면에 배치될 수 있으며, 제1 착용부 및 제2 착용부 중 어느 하나에 제공될 수 있다. 또한, 사용자가 유아용 캐리어(1)를 착용한 상태에서도 조절부(200)를 조작함에 따라 허리착용부재(10)의 전체 길이가 조절될 수 있다. 일 예로, 조절부(200)는 일 방향(예를 들어, 시계 방향)으로 회전됨으로써 내부에 케이블 부재(100)가 권취되고, 타 방향(예를 들어, 반시계 방향)으로 회전됨으로써 케이블 부재(100)가 풀릴 수 있도록 구성될 수 있다. 다만, 이는 일 예에 불과하고, 본 발명의 사상이 상술한 바와 같은 조절부(200)의 구성에 의해 한정되는 것은 아니다.The adjustment unit 200 may be provided to adjust the overall length of the waist wearing member 10 by winding or unwinding the cable member 100 from the inside by rotation. The adjustment part 200 may be disposed on the outer circumferential surface of the waist wearing member 10 and may be provided on any one of the first wearing part and the second wearing part. In addition, the overall length of the waist wearing member 10 may be adjusted as the user manipulates the adjustment unit 200 even when wearing the infant carrier 1. As an example, the adjustment unit 200 is rotated in one direction (eg, clockwise) so that the cable member 100 is wound therein, and is rotated in the other direction (eg, counterclockwise), so that the cable member ( 100) can be configured to be released. However, this is only an example, and the spirit of the present invention is not limited by the configuration of the adjustment unit 200 as described above.
예를 들어, 조절부(200)는, 조절부(200)가 타 방향으로 회전하는 것을 선택적으로 제한할 수 있는 스토퍼(미도시)를 내부에 추가로 구비할 수 있으며, 스토퍼에 의해 잠금상태에 놓일 수 있다. 예를 들어, 스토퍼는 조절부(200)가 잠금상태일 때 서로 맞물리는 홈과 돌기를 포함할 수 있다. 이에 따라, 조절부(200)가 잠금상태일 때, 허리착용부재(10)의 전체 길이를 줄이기 위한 일 방향으로의 회전은 허용되되, 허리착용부재(10)의 전체 길이를 늘이기 위한 타 방향으로의 회전은 스토퍼에 의해 제한될 수 있다. 이러한 스토퍼에 의해 잠금상태에서 조절부(200)가 임의로 회전되어 케이블 부재(100)의 권취된 상태가 의도치 않게 풀어지는 것이 방지될 수 있다. For example, the adjustment unit 200 may further include a stopper (not shown) that can selectively limit rotation of the adjustment unit 200 in other directions, and is locked by the stopper. Can be set. For example, the stopper may include grooves and protrusions that engage with each other when the adjustment unit 200 is locked. Accordingly, when the adjustment unit 200 is in the locked state, rotation in one direction to reduce the overall length of the waist wearing member 10 is allowed, but in the other direction to increase the overall length of the waist wearing member 10 The rotation of can be limited by the stopper. By such a stopper, the adjusting unit 200 is arbitrarily rotated in the locked state, so that the wound state of the cable member 100 may be prevented from unintentionally unwinding.
이러한 조절부(200)는 허리착용부재(10)로부터 멀어지는 방향을 향해 선택적으로 이동 가능한 캡(미도시)을 더 포함할 수 있다. 이러한 조절부(200)의 캡이 허리착용부재(10)로부터 멀어지는 방향으로 이동되었을 때 조절부(200)의 일 방향 회전(케이블 부재(100)가 조절부(200)에 권취되는 방향)만이 가능한 잠금 상태에 놓일 수 있고, 조절부(200)의 캡이 허리착용부재(10)에 가까워지는 방향으로 이동되었을 때 조절부(200)의 잠금 상태가 해제될 수 있다. 다만, 이는 일 예에 불과하고, 조절부(200)의 캡이 허리착용부재(10)에 가까워지는 방향으로 이동되었을 때 조절부(200)의 일 방향 회전만이 가능한 잠금 상태에 놓이고, 조절부(200)의 캡이 허리착용부재(10)로부터 멀어지는 방향으로 이동되었을 때 조절부(200)의 잠금 상태가 해제되도록 구비되는 것도 가능하다.The adjustment unit 200 may further include a cap (not shown) selectively movable toward a direction away from the waist wearing member 10. When the cap of the adjustment unit 200 is moved in a direction away from the waist wearing member 10, only one direction rotation of the adjustment unit 200 (the direction in which the cable member 100 is wound around the adjustment unit 200) is possible. The locked state may be placed, and the locked state of the adjusting part 200 may be released when the cap of the adjusting part 200 is moved in a direction closer to the waist wearing member 10. However, this is only an example, and when the cap of the adjustment unit 200 is moved in a direction closer to the waist wearing member 10, the adjustment unit 200 is placed in a locked state in which only one direction rotation is possible, and adjustment When the cap of the part 200 is moved in a direction away from the waist wearing member 10, it may be provided so that the locked state of the adjusting part 200 is released.
사용자는 허리착용부재(10)의 전체 길이를 줄이고자 할 때, 조절부(200)를 잠금 상태에서 회전 조작하여 케이블 부재(100)가 조절부(200)의 내부에 권취되도록 할 수 있다. 케이블 부재(100)가 조절부(200)에 권취됨으로써 제1 착용부(11)와 제2 착용부(12) 간의 간격이 가까워지고 허리착용부재(10)의 전체 길이가 줄어들 수 있다. When the user wants to shorten the overall length of the waist wearing member 10, the cable member 100 may be wound inside the adjusting part 200 by rotating the adjusting part 200 in a locked state. As the cable member 100 is wound around the adjusting part 200, the distance between the first wearing part 11 and the second wearing part 12 becomes close, and the overall length of the waist wearing member 10 may be reduced.
한편, 사용자는 허리착용부재(10)의 전체 길이를 늘이고자 할 때에는, 조절부(200)의 잠금 상태를 해제한 다음, 조절부(200)를 회전시키거나 제1 착용부(11)와 제2 착용부(12)를 서로 멀어지는 방향으로 당겨서 케이블 부재(100)가 권취된 상태에서 이를 풀어서 허리착용부재(10)의 전체 길이를 늘일 수 있다. 케이블 부재(100)가 조절부(200)로부터 풀림으로써 제1 착용부(11)와 제2 착용부(12) 간의 간격이 멀어지고 허리착용부재(10)의 전체 길이가 늘어날 수 있다. 이와 같이, 조절부(200)에 의해 케이블 부재(100)를 감거나 풀어서 허리착용부재(10)의 전체 길이가 조절될 수 있으므로, 허리착용부재(10)의 전체 길이가 보다 미세하게 조절될 수 있다.On the other hand, when the user wants to increase the overall length of the waist wearing member 10, after releasing the locked state of the adjustment unit 200, the user rotates the adjustment unit 200 or the first wearing unit 11 and the first 2 The overall length of the waist wearing member 10 may be increased by pulling the wearing part 12 away from each other and releasing it while the cable member 100 is wound. As the cable member 100 is released from the adjustment unit 200, the distance between the first wearing unit 11 and the second wearing unit 12 may increase, and the overall length of the waist wearing member 10 may be increased. In this way, since the entire length of the waist wearing member 10 can be adjusted by winding or unwinding the cable member 100 by the adjustment unit 200, the overall length of the waist wearing member 10 can be adjusted more finely. have.
걸림부(300)는 케이블 부재(100)를 이동 가능하게 지지할 수 있다. 이러한 걸림부(300)는 제1 걸림구(310 및 케이블 가이드(330)를 포함할 수 있다. The locking part 300 may support the cable member 100 to be movable. The locking part 300 may include a first locking hole 310 and a cable guide 330.
제1 걸림구(310)는 케이블 부재(100)를 안내할 수 있으며, 케이블 부재(100)가 통과할 수 있도록 형성될 수 있다. 제1 걸림구(310)는 제1 착용부(11)의 일 단에 배치되고 적어도 하나의 고리를 포함할 수 있다. 이러한 제1 걸림구(310)는 제2 착용부(12)를 향하는 제1 착용부(11)의 단부에 배치될 수 있다. 예를 들어, 제1 걸림구(310)에 복수의 고리가 제공될 경우 복수의 고리들 간의 거리는 허리착용부재(10)의 평균 폭보다 작게 설정될 수 있다. The first locking hole 310 may guide the cable member 100 and may be formed to allow the cable member 100 to pass. The first locking hole 310 is disposed at one end of the first wearing part 11 and may include at least one ring. The first locking hole 310 may be disposed at an end of the first wearing part 11 facing the second wearing part 12. For example, when a plurality of rings are provided in the first locking hole 310, the distance between the plurality of rings may be set smaller than the average width of the waist wearing member 10.
한편, 제1 걸림구(310)는 도 3에 도시된 바와 같이 두 개의 고리를 포함할 수 있으나, 이는 일 예에 불과하며, 다양한 변형이 가능하다. 예를 들어, 도 4에 도시된 바와 같이, 제1 걸림구(310)는 세 개의 고리를 포함하고, 반대측인 제2 착용부(12)에는 제2 걸림구(320)가 두 개의 고리로서 제공될 수 있다.Meanwhile, the first locking hole 310 may include two rings as shown in FIG. 3, but this is only an example, and various modifications are possible. For example, as shown in FIG. 4, the first locking hole 310 includes three rings, and the second locking hole 320 is provided as two rings on the second wearing part 12 on the opposite side. Can be.
제2 걸림구(320)는 제1 걸림구(310)와 마찬가지로 케이블 부재(100)를 안내할 수 있으며, 케이블 부재(100)가 통과할 수 있도록 형성될 수 있다. 제2 걸림구(320)는 제2 착용부(12)의 타 단에 배치되고 적어도 하나의 고리를 포함할 수 있다. 이러한 제2 걸림구(320)는 제1 착용부(11)를 향하는 제2 착용부(12)의 단부에 배치될 수 있다. 제2 걸림구(320)에 복수의 고리가 제공될 경우 복수 개의 고리들 간의 거리는 허리착용부재(10)의 평균 폭보다 작게 설정될 수 있다.Like the first locking hole 310, the second locking hole 320 may guide the cable member 100 and may be formed so that the cable member 100 can pass therethrough. The second locking hole 320 is disposed at the other end of the second wearing part 12 and may include at least one ring. The second locking hole 320 may be disposed at an end of the second wearing part 12 facing the first wearing part 11. When a plurality of rings are provided in the second locking hole 320, the distance between the plurality of rings may be set smaller than the average width of the waist wearing member 10.
제1 걸림구(310) 및 제2 걸림구(320)에 포함되는 복수의 고리들은 케이블 부재(100)가 연장하는 방향이 바뀌도록 케이블 부재(100)의 이동을 안내할 수 있다. 예를 들어, 케이블 부재(100)는 제2 걸림구(320)로부터 멀어지는 방향으로 연장하다가 제1 걸림구(310)의 세 개의 고리들을 차례로 거친 후 제2 걸림구(320)와 가까워지는 방향으로 연장할 수 있다. 이때, 제1 걸림구(310)의 세 개의 고리들은 제1 착용부(11)의 폭 방향을 따라 순차적으로 배열될 수 있고, 서로 이격 배치될 수 있다. 마찬가지로, 제2 걸림구(320)의 두 개의 고리들은 제2 착용부(12)의 폭 방향을 따라 순차적으로 배열될 수 있고, 서로 이격 배치될 수 있다. 또한, 도 4에 도시된 바와 같이, 각 고리들 사이의 이격 거리는 허리착용부재(10)의 평균 폭보다 작을 수 있다. The plurality of rings included in the first locking hole 310 and the second locking hole 320 may guide the movement of the cable member 100 so that the direction in which the cable member 100 extends is changed. For example, the cable member 100 extends in a direction away from the second locking hole 320 and then passes through the three rings of the first locking hole 310 in sequence, and then in a direction closer to the second locking hole 320. Can be extended. In this case, the three rings of the first locking hole 310 may be sequentially arranged along the width direction of the first wearing part 11 and may be spaced apart from each other. Likewise, the two rings of the second locking hole 320 may be sequentially arranged along the width direction of the second wearing part 12 and may be spaced apart from each other. In addition, as shown in FIG. 4, the separation distance between each ring may be smaller than the average width of the waist wearing member 10.
이러한 제1 걸림구(310) 및 제2 걸림구(320) 사이의 간격은 케이블 부재(100)가 조절부(200)에 의해 권취되거나 풀림으로써 조절될 수 있다. 또한, 제1 걸림구(310) 및 제2 걸림구(320)는 케이블 부재(100)가 권취됨으로써 서로 인접하는 방향으로 이동할 때 제한을 받지 않는다. 따라서, 케이블 부재(100)는 제1 걸림구(310)와 제2 걸림구(320)가 서로 접촉할 때까지 권취될 수도 있다. 따라서, 조임유닛(40)은 제1 걸림구(310)와 제2 걸림구(320) 사이의 거리를 조절할 수 있도록 구비될 수 있다. The distance between the first locking hole 310 and the second locking hole 320 may be adjusted by winding or unwinding the cable member 100 by the adjustment unit 200. In addition, the first locking hole 310 and the second locking hole 320 are not restricted when the cable member 100 is wound and moves in a direction adjacent to each other. Accordingly, the cable member 100 may be wound until the first locking hole 310 and the second locking hole 320 contact each other. Accordingly, the tightening unit 40 may be provided to adjust the distance between the first locking hole 310 and the second locking hole 320.
이 경우, 케이블 부재(100)는 지그재그 방식으로 병렬로 연장될 수 있다. 예를 들어, 상술한 바와 같이 제1 걸림구(310)가 세 개의 고리를 포함하고, 제2 걸림구(320)가 두 개의 고리를 포함할 경우, 케이블 부재(100)는, 조절부(200)로부터 연장되어 각 고리들을 순차적으로 거쳐 다시 조절부(200)로 연장될 수 있다. In this case, the cable members 100 may extend in parallel in a zigzag manner. For example, as described above, when the first locking hole 310 includes three rings, and the second locking hole 320 includes two rings, the cable member 100 may include the adjusting unit 200 ) Can be extended to the adjustment unit 200 through each of the rings sequentially.
다시 도 2 및 도 3을 참조하면, 케이블 가이드(330)는 허리착용부재(10)에 제공되고, 케이블 부재(100)가 지나가는 도중에 배치되어 조절부(200)로부터 제1 걸림구(310) 및 제2 걸림구(320) 측을 향하여 연장되는 것을 안내할 수 있다. 이러한 케이블 가이드(330)는 홀 형상을 가질 수 있고, 제2 착용부(12)의 단부에서 제1 걸림구(310)를 마주하도록 배치될 수 있다. Referring back to FIGS. 2 and 3, the cable guide 330 is provided on the waist wearing member 10, and is disposed during the passage of the cable member 100 so that the first locking hole 310 and the It can guide extending toward the second locking hole 320 side. The cable guide 330 may have a hole shape and may be disposed to face the first locking hole 310 at an end of the second wearing part 12.
또한, 케이블 가이드(330)는 제2 착용부(12)의 일 면에 대하여 케이블 부재(100)가 지나가는 방향으로 길게 연장된 형상으로 배치될 수도 있다. 이때, 케이블 가이드(330)는 도 2에 도시된 바와 같이 제2 착용부(12)의 단부와 제2 착용부(12)의 일 면 상에 각각 제공될 수도 있다.In addition, the cable guide 330 may be disposed in a shape elongated in a direction in which the cable member 100 passes with respect to one surface of the second wearing part 12. In this case, the cable guide 330 may be provided on the end of the second wearing unit 12 and on one surface of the second wearing unit 12, respectively, as shown in FIG. 2.
한편, 도 5를 참조하면, 커버(50)는 허리착용부재(10)에 분리 가능하게 연결되어 조임유닛(40)의 적어도 일부를 커버할 수 있다. 또한, 커버(50)는 조임유닛(40)의 적어도 일부를 커버하도록 구비될 수 있다. 예를 들어, 커버(50)는 조임유닛(40)의 케이블 부재(100) 및 걸림부(300)를 커버할 수 있으며, 허리착용부재(10)에 삽입될 수 있다. 이러한 커버(50)는 커버측 부착부재(51) 및 단부 부착부재(52)를 포함할 수 있다. Meanwhile, referring to FIG. 5, the cover 50 may be detachably connected to the waist wearing member 10 to cover at least a portion of the tightening unit 40. In addition, the cover 50 may be provided to cover at least a part of the tightening unit 40. For example, the cover 50 may cover the cable member 100 and the locking portion 300 of the tightening unit 40 and may be inserted into the waist wearing member 10. The cover 50 may include a cover side attachment member 51 and an end attachment member 52.
커버측 부착부재(51)는 커버(50)의 일 면에 제공되며, 등판(60)에 제공되는 후술할 등판측 부착부재(61)와 탈부착 가능하게 구비될 수 있다. 예를 들어, 커버측 부착부재(51)와 등판측 부착부재(61)는 벨크로(Velcro)로서 구비될 수 있다.The cover side attachment member 51 is provided on one side of the cover 50 and may be detachably provided with the back plate side attachment member 61 to be described later provided on the back plate 60. For example, the cover side attachment member 51 and the back plate side attachment member 61 may be provided as Velcro.
단부 부착부재(52)는 커버(50)의 일단과 타단이 상호 부착될 수 있도록 구비되며, 단부 부착부재(52)에 의해 커버(50)의 일단과 타단이 상호 부착됨에 따라 커버(50)가 고리 형상으로 될 수 있다. 이렇게 형성된 고리 형상을 허리착용부재(10)가 통과됨에 따라 커버(50)와 허리착용부재(10)가 연결될 수 있다. 이러한 단부 부착부재(52)는 일 예로 벨크로로서 구비될 수 있으나, 본 발명의 사상이 이에 한정되는 것은 아니고, 단부 부착부재(52)에 의해 커버(50)의 양 단부가 탈부착 가능하게 구비될 수 있다면 어떠한 수단이라도 적용 가능할 것이다.The end attachment member 52 is provided so that one end and the other end of the cover 50 can be attached to each other, and as the one end and the other end of the cover 50 are attached to each other by the end attachment member 52, the cover 50 is It can be in a ring shape. As the waist wearing member 10 passes through the ring shape thus formed, the cover 50 and the waist wearing member 10 may be connected. The end attachment member 52 may be provided as an example of Velcro, but the spirit of the present invention is not limited thereto, and both ends of the cover 50 may be detachably provided by the end attachment member 52. Any means, if any, would be applicable.
등판(60)은 커버(50)의 일면에 부착 가능하게 제공되고, 커버(50)에 부착되어 사용자의 허리를 지지할 수 있도록 제공된다. 이를 위해 등판(60)은 일면에 제공되는 등판측 부착부재(61)를 포함할 수 있다. 이때, 커버측 부착부재(51)와 등판측 부착부재(61)는 벨크로(Velcro)로서 제공되며, 커버측 부착부재(51)는 벨크로의 걸림고리 부분으로서 구비되고, 등판측 부착부재(61)는 벨크로의 갈고리 부분으로서 구비될 수 있다. 이에 따라, 등판(60)을 커버(50)로부터 분리한 상태로 등판(60) 없이 사용자가 유아용 캐리어(1)를 사용할 경우, 벨크로에서 사용자의 옷에 닿는 부분이 상대적으로 표면이 거칠지 않고 부드러운 걸림고리 부분이 되므로, 사용자의 옷이 벨크로에 의해 손상되는 것이 방지될 수 있다.The back plate 60 is provided so as to be attachable to one surface of the cover 50, and is attached to the cover 50 to support the user's waist. To this end, the back plate 60 may include a back plate side attachment member 61 provided on one surface. At this time, the cover side attachment member 51 and the back plate side attachment member 61 are provided as Velcro, and the cover side attachment member 51 is provided as a hook portion of Velcro, and the back plate side attachment member 61 May be provided as a hook portion of the Velcro. Accordingly, when the user uses the infant carrier 1 without the back plate 60 in a state where the back plate 60 is separated from the cover 50, the portion of the Velcro that touches the user's clothes is relatively rough and smoothly jammed. Since it becomes a hook part, it is possible to prevent the user's clothes from being damaged by Velcro.
또한, 유아용 캐리어(1)가 사용자의 신체에 올바르게 착용되었을 때, 등판(60)이 사용자의 힙의 상단에서 등에 밀착되어 사용자의 허리 부분을 지지할 수 있다. 이러한 등판(60)은 일 예로 단단하면서도 가벼운 플라스틱 재질로 구비될 수 있으며, 하중을 줄이기 위해 등판(60)의 표면 상에 복수의 홀들이 관통하여 형성될 수 있다.In addition, when the infant carrier 1 is properly worn on the user's body, the back plate 60 may be in close contact with the back at the top of the user's hip to support the user's waist. The back plate 60 may be made of a hard and light plastic material, for example, and may be formed through a plurality of holes on the surface of the back plate 60 to reduce the load.
이에 따라, 등판(60)이 커버(50)에 부착된 상태로 사용자가 유아용 캐리어(1)를 이용하여 유아를 안을 때, 사용자의 허리를 등판(60)이 지지하는 상태에서 조절부(200)를 조작하여 케이블 부재(100)를 조여서 등판(60)이 사용자의 신체에 더욱 밀착되도록 함으로써, 사용자의 신체에 가해지는 유아의 체중이 효과적으로 분산되고, 사용자의 허리에 하중이 집중되는 것을 방지할 수 있게 된다. Accordingly, when the user holds the infant using the infant carrier 1 with the back plate 60 attached to the cover 50, the adjustment unit 200 in a state in which the back plate 60 supports the user's waist. By manipulating the cable member 100 to make the back plate 60 more closely attached to the user's body, the infant's weight applied to the user's body can be effectively distributed and the load can be prevented from being concentrated on the user's waist. There will be.
다만, 등판(60)이 커버(50)에 부착된 상태로 유아용 캐리어(1)가 사용되는 경우, 오랜 시간 사용시 등판(60)에 의해 통풍이 방해되어 사용자가 더위를 느낄 수 있고, 힙시트(20)를 사용자의 뒤 쪽으로 돌려서 뒤로 업기를 하기가 어려운 문제가 있다. 이에 따라, 사용자는 등판(60)을 커버(50)로부터 분리하여 등판(60)이 없는 상태로 유아용 캐리어(1)를 사용할 수도 있다. However, when the infant carrier 1 is used with the back plate 60 attached to the cover 50, ventilation is disturbed by the back plate 60 when used for a long time, so that the user can feel the heat, and the hip seat ( There is a problem in which it is difficult to carry the back up by turning 20) toward the back of the user. Accordingly, the user may use the infant carrier 1 without the back plate 60 by separating the back plate 60 from the cover 50.
연결구(70)는 허리착용부재(10)가 사용자의 허리를 적어도 일부 감싼 상태에서 사용자의 허리에 안착될 수 있도록 선택적으로 체결될 수 있다. 이러한 연결구(70)의 적어도 일부는 허리착용부재(10)의 외측 둘레부에 제공될 수 있다. 또한, 연결구(70)는 적어도 하나 이상의 타입으로 제공될 수 있다. 예를 들어, 연결구(70)는 버클 타입의 제1 연결부재(71) 및 벨크로 타입의 제2 연결부재(72)를 포함할 수 있다. 연결구(70)는 제1 착용부(11) 및 제2 착용부(12) 간의 체결수단으로서 제공되고, 허리착용부재(10)가 사용자의 허리를 감쌌을 때 그 양 단부가 서로 연결되도록 구성될 수 있다. The connector 70 may be selectively fastened so that the waist wearing member 10 may be seated on the user's waist while at least partially covering the user's waist. At least a portion of the connector 70 may be provided on the outer periphery of the waist wearing member 10. In addition, the connector 70 may be provided in at least one or more types. For example, the connector 70 may include a buckle-type first connection member 71 and a Velcro-type second connection member 72. The connector 70 is provided as a fastening means between the first wearing part 11 and the second wearing part 12, and when the waist wearing member 10 wraps around the user's waist, both ends thereof will be connected to each other. I can.
이하에서는 도 6을 더 참조하여 상술한 바와 같은 구성을 갖는 유아용 캐리어(1)의 작용 및 효과에 대하여 설명한다. Hereinafter, the action and effect of the infant carrier 1 having the configuration as described above will be described with reference to FIG. 6.
우선, 사용자는 유아용 캐리어(1)를 자신의 신체에 밀착한 후 연결구(70)를 체결시켜 허리착용부재(10)를 자신의 허리에 안착시킬 수 있다. 허리착용부재(10)가 일정 수준 이상으로 사용자의 허리에 밀착될 때 사용자의 허리에 가해지는 하중이 경감되고 사용자가 허리의 편안함을 느낄 수 있다. 이를 위해, 사용자는 조임유닛(40)을 조작하여 허리착용부재(10)의 전체 길이를 줄임으로써 허리착용부재(10) 및 등판(60)이 사용자의 신체에 더욱 밀착될 수 있도록 할 수 있다. First, the user can put the infant carrier 1 in close contact with his or her body and then fasten the connector 70 so that the waist wearing member 10 can be seated on his or her waist. When the waist wearing member 10 is in close contact with the user's waist over a certain level, the load applied to the user's waist is reduced, and the user can feel the comfort of the waist. To this end, the user can reduce the overall length of the waist wearing member 10 by manipulating the tightening unit 40 so that the waist wearing member 10 and the back plate 60 can be brought into close contact with the user's body.
다시 말해서, 사용자는 조절부(200)를 잠금상태에 놓고 일 방향으로 회전시킴으로써 조절부(200)에 연결된 케이블 부재(100)가 조절부(200) 내에 권취되도록 할 수 있다. 케이블 부재(100)가 조절부(200) 내에 권취되면, 제1 착용부(11)와 제2 착용부(12) 사이에서의 케이블 부재(100)의 길이가 도 6에 도시된 바와 같이 감소하여 제1 착용부(11)와 제2 착용부(12) 사이의 거리가 가까워지게 된다. In other words, the user may rotate the adjustment unit 200 in a locked state and rotate in one direction so that the cable member 100 connected to the adjustment unit 200 is wound in the adjustment unit 200. When the cable member 100 is wound in the adjustment part 200, the length of the cable member 100 between the first wearing part 11 and the second wearing part 12 decreases as shown in FIG. The distance between the first wearing part 11 and the second wearing part 12 becomes close.
이와 같이, 사용자는 조절부(200)를 회전 조작하는 것만으로 제1 착용부(11)와 제2 착용부(12) 사이의 거리를 줄임으로써 허리착용부재(10)의 전체 길이가 줄어들도록 함으로써, 허리착용부재(10)가 사용자의 허리에 더욱 밀착되도록 할 수 있다. 따라서, 사용자는 적은 노력만으로도 허리착용부재(10)의 전체 길이를 쉽게 조절할 수 있으며, 보다 정밀하게 허리착용부재(10)의 전체 길이를 조절할 수 있다. 이렇게 허리착용부재(10)의 길이 조절이 완료되면, 사용자는 힙시트(20) 및/또는 아기띠(30)에 유아를 안착시킬 수 있다. In this way, the user can reduce the distance between the first wearing unit 11 and the second wearing unit 12 by simply rotating the adjustment unit 200 so that the overall length of the waist wearing member 10 is reduced. , It is possible to make the waist wearing member 10 more closely adhered to the user's waist. Therefore, the user can easily adjust the overall length of the waist wearing member 10 with little effort, and more precisely, the overall length of the waist wearing member 10 can be adjusted. When the length adjustment of the waist wearing member 10 is completed, the user can seat the infant on the hip seat 20 and/or the baby carrier 30.
한편, 사용자는 유아용 캐리어(1)를 벗을 때는 조임유닛(40)과 연결구(70)를 조작하여 허리착용부재(10)를 자신의 허리로부터 탈거할 수 있다. 이를 위해, 사용자는 조임유닛(40)의 조절부(200)의 잠금상태를 해제하고, 조절부(200)를 회전시키거나 제1 착용부(11)와 제2 착용부(12)를 서로 멀어지도록 당김으로써 조절부(200)에 연결된 케이블 부재(100)를 느슨하게 풀 수 있다. 조절부(200)의 내부에 권취되어 있던 케이블 부재(100)가 풀리면 제1 착용부(11)와 제2 착용부(12) 사이의 간격이 멀어지고 허리착용부재(10)의 전체 길이가 늘어날 수 있다. 이후, 사용자는 연결구(70)의 체결을 해제하여 허리착용부재(10)를 신체로부터 탈거할 수 있다. On the other hand, when taking off the infant carrier 1, the user can remove the waist wearing member 10 from the waist by operating the tightening unit 40 and the connector 70. To this end, the user unlocks the adjustment unit 200 of the tightening unit 40, rotates the adjustment unit 200, or moves the first wearing unit 11 and the second wearing unit 12 away from each other. The cable member 100 connected to the adjustment unit 200 may be loosely released by pulling it so as to be held. When the cable member 100 wound inside the adjustment part 200 is released, the gap between the first wearing part 11 and the second wearing part 12 increases, and the overall length of the waist wearing member 10 increases. I can. Thereafter, the user can release the fastening of the connector 70 to remove the waist wearing member 10 from the body.
상술한 바와 같은 본 발명의 실시예에 따르면, 유아용 캐리어의 착용시 사용자의 신체의 특정 부위에 유아의 체중이 집중되지 않도록 유아의 체중을 분산하고 사용자의 신체에 가해지는 부담을 경감할 수 있고, 착용시 단순한 조작에 의해 사용자의 신체에 쉽게 밀착될 수 있다는 효과가 있다.According to the embodiment of the present invention as described above, when the infant carrier is worn, the infant's weight is distributed so that the infant's weight is not concentrated on a specific part of the user's body, and the burden on the user's body can be reduced, There is an effect that it can be easily adhered to the user's body by a simple operation when worn.
한편, 본 발명의 제2 실시예에 따른 유아용 캐리어가 도 7 내지 도 9에 도시된다. 이하, 도 7 내지 도 9를 참조하여 본 발명의 제2 실시예에 따른 유아용 캐리어에 대해 설명하도록 한다. 제2 실시예를 설명함에 있어서, 제2 실시예는 조임유닛(40)이 신축 부재(400)를 더 포함한다는 점에서 제1 실시예와 차이가 있으므로, 이러한 차이점을 중심으로 설명하며, 동일한 부분은 상술한 제1 실시예에 관한 설명을 원용하도록 한다.Meanwhile, a carrier for infants according to a second embodiment of the present invention is shown in FIGS. 7 to 9. Hereinafter, a carrier for an infant according to a second embodiment of the present invention will be described with reference to FIGS. 7 to 9. In describing the second embodiment, the second embodiment is different from the first embodiment in that the tightening unit 40 further includes an elastic member 400, and thus the difference will be mainly described. Will refer to the description of the first embodiment described above.
도 7 내지 도 9를 참조하면, 조임유닛(40)은 일단이 제1 착용부(11)에 연결되고, 타단이 제2 착용부(12)에 연결되며, 길이가 가변될 수 있는 신축 부재(400)를 더 포함할 수 있다. 이러한 신축 부재(400)의 내부에는 케이블 부재(100)의 적어도 일부와 걸림부(300)가 수용될 수 있다. 또한, 허리착용부재(10)의 길이가 조절되면서 변함에 따라 신축 부재(400)의 길이가 변화될 수 있다. 이러한 신축 부재(400)는 표면에 하나 이상의 주름을 포함할 수 있으며, 더 나아가서는 벨로우즈(bellows) 형상으로 구비될 수 있으며, 일 예로 형상 변형이 자유로운 섬유(fiber) 재질로 이루어질 수 있다.7 to 9, the tightening unit 40 has one end connected to the first wearing part 11, the other end connected to the second wearing part 12, and an elastic member ( 400) may be further included. At least a part of the cable member 100 and the locking part 300 may be accommodated in the elastic member 400. In addition, as the length of the waist wearing member 10 is adjusted, the length of the elastic member 400 may be changed. The elastic member 400 may include one or more wrinkles on its surface, furthermore, it may be provided in a bellows shape, and for example, may be made of a fiber material having a free shape deformation.
또한, 신축 부재(400)는 커버(50)의 내부에 적어도 일부가 선택적으로 수용될 수 있다. 구체적으로, 커버(50)의 단부 부착부재(52)에 의해 커버(50)의 일단과 타단이 상호 부착됨에 따라 커버(50)가 고리 형상으로 되고, 이렇게 형성된 고리 형상에 신축 부재(400)가 통과됨에 따라 커버(50)의 내부에 신축 부재(400)의 적어도 일부가 수용될 수 있다. In addition, at least a portion of the elastic member 400 may be selectively accommodated in the inside of the cover 50. Specifically, as one end and the other end of the cover 50 are attached to each other by the end attachment member 52 of the cover 50, the cover 50 becomes a ring shape, and the elastic member 400 is formed in the ring shape thus formed. As it passes, at least a part of the elastic member 400 may be accommodated in the cover 50.
이러한 신축 부재(400)에 의해 커버(50)가 허리착용부재(10)로부터 분리되더라도 케이블 부재(100)가 외부로 노출되는 일이 없어서 케이블 부재(100)에 의해 유아 등이 부상을 당하는 등의 문제가 방지될 수 있고, 유아용 캐리어(1)의 외관이 미려해질 수 있다.Even if the cover 50 is separated from the waist wearing member 10 by the elastic member 400, the cable member 100 is not exposed to the outside, so that infants, etc. are injured by the cable member 100. The problem can be prevented, and the appearance of the infant carrier 1 can be beautiful.
이하, 본 발명의 제3 실시예에 따른 유아용 캐리어의 구체적인 구성에 대하여 설명한다. Hereinafter, a specific configuration of an infant carrier according to a third embodiment of the present invention will be described.
먼저, 도 10을 참조하면, 본 발명의 제3 실시예에 따른 유아용 캐리어(1a)는 유아를 이동시키기 위해 사용될 수 있다. 이때, 사용자는 유아용 캐리어(1a)를 신체에 착용한 상태에서 유아용 캐리어(1a)에 유아를 안착시켜서 지지한 상태로 움직일 수 있다. 이러한 유아용 캐리어(1a)는 허리착용부재(10a), 힙시트(20a), 아기띠(30a), 조임유닛(40a), 신축 부재(50a), 등판(60a) 및 연결구(70a)를 포함할 수 있다. First, referring to FIG. 10, an infant carrier 1a according to a third embodiment of the present invention may be used to move an infant. At this time, the user may move the infant by seating and supporting the infant in the infant carrier 1a while wearing the infant carrier 1a on the body. These infant carriers (1a) include a waist wearing member (10a), a hip seat (20a), a baby carrier (30a), a tightening unit (40a), an elastic member (50a), a back plate (60a) and a connector (70a). I can.
허리착용부재(10a)는 사용자가 유아용 캐리어(1a)를 착용하였을 때, 사용자의 허리의 전부 또는 일부를 감싸도록 형성될 수 있다. 이러한 허리착용부재(10a)는 후술하는 케이블 부재(100a)에 의해 서로 연결되는 제1 착용부(11a) 및 제2 착용부(12a)를 포함할 수 있다. 또한, 허리착용부재(10a)는 사용자의 허리에 지지된 상태에서 사용자의 허리에 체결될 수 있도록 구성될 수 있다. 또한, 제1 착용부(11a)와 제2 착용부(12a) 사이의 간격이 조임유닛(40a)에 의해 조절됨에 따라 허리착용부재(10a)의 전체 길이가 조절될 수 있다. 여기서 허리착용부재(10a)의 전체 길이는 제1 착용부(11a)와 제2 착용부(12a)의 길이와 제1 착용부(11a)와 제2 착용부(12a) 사이의 간격으로서 케이블 부재(100a)에 의해 연결된 부분의 길이도 포함하는 개념으로 이해될 수 있으며, 더 나아가서는 사용자가 유아용 캐리어(1a)를 착용하였을 때 허리착용부재(10a)가 사용자의 허리를 감싸는 둘레 길이로 이해될 수 있다. 또한, 허리착용부재(10a)는 힙시트(20a)의 양측으로 연장하도록 형성될 수 있으며, 양측에 단부를 가지는 띠 형상으로 제공될 수 있다. The waist wearing member 10a may be formed to cover all or part of the user's waist when the user wears the infant carrier 1a. The waist wearing member 10a may include a first wearing part 11a and a second wearing part 12a connected to each other by a cable member 100a to be described later. In addition, the waist wearing member 10a may be configured to be fastened to the user's waist while being supported by the user's waist. In addition, as the distance between the first wearing portion 11a and the second wearing portion 12a is adjusted by the tightening unit 40a, the overall length of the waist wearing member 10a may be adjusted. Here, the total length of the waist wearing member 10a is the length of the first wearing part 11a and the second wearing part 12a, and the distance between the first wearing part 11a and the second wearing part 12a, and the cable member It can be understood as a concept including the length of the part connected by (100a), and furthermore, when the user wears the infant carrier (1a), the waist wearing member (10a) can be understood as the circumferential length surrounding the user's waist. I can. In addition, the waist wearing member 10a may be formed to extend to both sides of the hip sheet 20a, and may be provided in a belt shape having ends on both sides.
힙시트(20a)는 유아의 엉덩이를 받침으로써 유아의 하중을 지지할 수 있다. 이러한 힙시트(20a)는 허리착용부재(10a)에 연결될 수 있으며, 일측에 허리착용부재(10a)의 제1 착용부(11a)의 단부가 연결되고, 타측에 허리착용부재(10a)의 제2 착용부(12a)의 단부가 연결될 수 있다. 또한, 힙시트(20a)는 그 형상을 견고하게 유지하기 위한 폼(foam) 및 이러한 폼을 커버하는 패브릭을 포함할 수 있으며, 힙시트(20a)의 상측에는 유아의 엉덩이가 안착되었을 때 푹신한 느낌을 제공하는 시트부재가 제공될 수 있다. 시트부재는 일 예로 스티로폼과 같은 재질로 구성될 수 있다. The hip seat 20a may support the infant's load by supporting the infant's buttocks. Such hip sheet (20a) may be connected to the waist wearing member (10a), the end of the first wearing portion (11a) of the waist wearing member (10a) is connected to one side, and the other side of the waist wearing member (10a). 2 The end of the wearing part 12a may be connected. In addition, the hip sheet 20a may include a foam for maintaining its shape and a fabric covering the foam, and a fluffy feeling when the infant's buttocks are seated on the upper side of the hip sheet 20a A sheet member providing a can be provided. The sheet member may be made of a material such as styrofoam, for example.
또한, 힙시트(20a)는 측면에서 보았을 때 하면은 완만하게 굴곡진 형상으로 형성될 수 있고, 그 상면은 사용자가 힙시트(20a)를 착용하였을 때 사용자로부터 멀어지는 방향으로 점점 높아지도록 경사지는 형상을 가질 수 있다. 이로써 유아가 힙시트(20a) 상에 안착되었을 때 유아의 상반신이 사용자의 신체 쪽으로 기울어져서 유아에게 안락함과 안정감을 제공할 수 있다. In addition, the hip sheet 20a may be formed in a gently curved shape when viewed from the side, and the top surface is inclined so as to gradually increase in a direction away from the user when the user wears the hip sheet 20a. Can have Accordingly, when the infant is seated on the hip seat 20a, the infant's upper body is inclined toward the user's body, thereby providing comfort and stability to the infant.
아기띠(30a)는 유아의 신체를 받치도록 제공될 수 있다. 이러한 아기띠(30a)는 유아의 등 또는 엉덩이를 받치는 지지부(31a) 및 이러한 지지부(31a)와 연결되어 사용자의 어깨에 견착되는 어깨끈(32a)을 포함할 수 있다. 이때, 어깨끈(32a)은 길이 조절 가능한 스트랩을 포함할 수 있다. The baby carrier 30a may be provided to support the infant's body. The baby carrier (30a) may include a support portion (31a) for supporting the back or buttocks of an infant, and a shoulder strap (32a) connected to the support portion (31a) and attached to the shoulder of the user. In this case, the shoulder strap 32a may include a length adjustable strap.
한편, 본 실시예에서는 아기띠(30a)가 힙시트(20a)에 연결되고, 힙시트(20a)가 허리착용부재(10a)에 연결되는 것으로 도시하였으나, 경우에 따라서는 힙시트(20a) 및 아기띠(30a) 중 어느 하나가 선택적으로 탈거 가능하게 구성되거나 어느 하나가 생략될 수도 있다. 또한, 힙시트(20a)가 생략될 경우 아기띠(30a)가 허리착용부재(10a)에 연결되어 아기띠(30a)가 유아의 엉덩이와 등을 지지할 수 있고, 아기띠(30a)가 생략될 경우 아기띠(30a) 없이 힙시트(20a)에 유아의 엉덩이가 안착될 수 있다. On the other hand, in this embodiment, the baby carrier (30a) is connected to the hip sheet (20a), the hip sheet (20a) is shown to be connected to the waist wearing member (10a), but in some cases, the hip sheet (20a) and Any one of the baby carriers 30a may be configured to be selectively removed, or any one may be omitted. In addition, if the hip seat (20a) is omitted, the baby carrier (30a) is connected to the waist wearing member (10a) so that the baby carrier (30a) can support the hips and back of the infant, and the baby carrier (30a) is omitted. If so, the infant's buttocks may be seated on the hip seat 20a without the baby carrier 30a.
도 11를 참조하면, 조임유닛(40a)은 허리착용부재(10a)의 전체 길이를 조절하도록 제공될 수 있다. 또한, 이러한 허리착용부재(10a)의 길이 조절은 사용자가 유아용 캐리어(1a)를 착용한 상태에서 조임유닛(40a)을 조작함으로써 이루어질 수 있다. 이러한 조임유닛(40a)은 케이블 부재(100a), 조절부(200a), 가이드부(300a) 및 케이블 가이드(400a)를 포함할 수 있다. Referring to FIG. 11, the tightening unit 40a may be provided to adjust the overall length of the waist wearing member 10a. In addition, the length adjustment of the waist wearing member 10a may be performed by operating the tightening unit 40a while the user is wearing the infant carrier 1a. The tightening unit 40a may include a cable member 100a, an adjustment part 200a, a guide part 300a, and a cable guide 400a.
케이블 부재(100a)는 양 단이 조절부(200a)에 연결될 수 있으며, 조절부(200a)가 회전함으로써 조절부(200a) 내에 권취될 수 있다. 또한, 케이블 부재(100a)는 허리착용부재(10a)의 내부에 수용되어 외부로 드러나지 않도록 구비될 수 있으며, 제1 착용부(11a)와 제2 착용부(12a)의 사이에서 일부만이 노출되도록 구비될 수 있다. 다만, 이렇게 케이블 부재(100a) 중 외부에 노출되는 부분은 후술할 신축 부재(400a) 및 등판 커버(64a)에 의해 커버될 수 있다. 또한, 케이블 부재(100a)는 조절부(200a)로부터 연장되어 걸림부(300a)를 통과한 후 다시 조절부(200a)로 연장되어 조절부(200a)에 연결될 수 있다. 이러한 케이블 부재(100a)는 와이어로서 제공될 수 있다. Both ends of the cable member 100a may be connected to the adjusting part 200a, and may be wound in the adjusting part 200a by rotating the adjusting part 200a. In addition, the cable member (100a) may be provided so as to be accommodated in the waist wearing member (10a) so as not to be exposed to the outside, so that only a part of the between the first wearing portion (11a) and the second wearing portion (12a) is exposed. It can be provided. However, the portion of the cable member 100a exposed to the outside may be covered by an elastic member 400a and a back cover 64a to be described later. In addition, the cable member 100a may extend from the adjustment unit 200a, pass through the locking unit 300a, and then extend back to the adjustment unit 200a to be connected to the adjustment unit 200a. This cable member 100a may be provided as a wire.
조절부(200a)는 회전에 의해 내부에서 케이블 부재(100a)를 감거나 풀음으로써 허리착용부재(10a)의 전체 길이를 조절하도록 제공될 수 있다. 이러한 조절부(200a)는 허리착용부재(10a)의 외측 둘레면에 배치될 수 있으며, 본 실시예에서는 조절부(200a)가 제2 착용부(12a)에 제공되는 경우를 예로 들어 설명하나, 조절부(200a)는 제1 착용부(11a) 또는 제2 착용부(12a)에 제공될 수 있다. 또한, 사용자가 유아용 캐리어(1a)를 착용한 상태에서도 조절부(200a)를 조작함에 따라 허리착용부재(10a)의 전체 길이가 조절될 수 있다. 일 예로, 조절부(200a)는 일 방향(예를 들어, 시계 방향)으로 회전됨으로써 내부에 케이블 부재(100a)가 권취되고, 타 방향(예를 들어, 반시계 방향)으로 회전됨으로써 케이블 부재(100a)가 풀릴 수 있도록 구성될 수 있다. 다만, 이는 일 예에 불과하고, 본 발명의 사상이 상술한 바와 같은 조절부(200a)의 구성에 의해 한정되는 것은 아니다.The adjustment part 200a may be provided to adjust the overall length of the waist wearing member 10a by winding or unwinding the cable member 100a from the inside by rotation. Such an adjustment part 200a may be disposed on the outer circumferential surface of the waist wearing member 10a, and in this embodiment, a case where the adjustment part 200a is provided on the second wearing part 12a is described as an example, The adjusting part 200a may be provided on the first wearing part 11a or the second wearing part 12a. In addition, the overall length of the waist wearing member 10a may be adjusted as the user manipulates the adjustment unit 200a even when wearing the infant carrier 1a. As an example, the adjusting part 200a is rotated in one direction (for example, clockwise) so that the cable member 100a is wound therein, and the cable member is rotated in the other direction (for example, counterclockwise). 100a) can be configured to be released. However, this is only an example, and the spirit of the present invention is not limited by the configuration of the adjustment unit 200a as described above.
예를 들어, 조절부(200a)는, 조절부(200a)가 타 방향으로 회전하는 것을 선택적으로 제한할 수 있는 스토퍼(미도시)를 내부에 추가로 구비할 수 있으며, 스토퍼에 의해 잠금상태에 놓일 수 있다. 예를 들어, 스토퍼는 조절부(200a)가 잠금상태일 때 서로 맞물리는 홈과 돌기를 포함할 수 있다. 이에 따라, 조절부(200a)가 잠금상태일 때, 허리착용부재(10a)의 전체 길이를 줄이기 위한 일 방향으로의 회전은 허용되되, 허리착용부재(10a)의 전체 길이를 늘이기 위한 타 방향으로의 회전은 스토퍼에 의해 제한될 수 있다. 이러한 스토퍼에 의해 잠금상태에서 조절부(200a)가 임의로 회전되어 케이블 부재(100a)의 권취된 상태가 의도치 않게 풀어지는 것이 방지될 수 있다. For example, the adjustment unit 200a may further include a stopper (not shown) that can selectively limit rotation of the adjustment unit 200a in other directions, and is locked by the stopper. Can be set. For example, the stopper may include grooves and protrusions that engage with each other when the adjustment part 200a is locked. Accordingly, when the adjustment part (200a) is in the locked state, rotation in one direction to reduce the overall length of the waist wearing member (10a) is allowed, but in the other direction to increase the overall length of the waist wearing member (10a). The rotation of can be limited by the stopper. By such a stopper, the adjusting part 200a is arbitrarily rotated in the locked state, so that the wound state of the cable member 100a can be prevented from being unintentionally released.
이러한 조절부(200a)는 허리착용부재(10a)로부터 멀어지는 방향을 향해 선택적으로 이동 가능한 캡(미도시)을 더 포함할 수 있다. 이러한 조절부(200a)의 캡이 허리착용부재(10a)로부터 멀어지는 방향으로 이동되었을 때 조절부(200a)의 일 방향 회전(케이블 부재(100a)가 조절부(200a)에 권취되는 방향)만이 가능한 잠금 상태에 놓일 수 있고, 조절부(200a)의 캡이 허리착용부재(10a)에 가까워지는 방향으로 이동되었을 때 조절부(200a)의 잠금 상태가 해제될 수 있다. 다만, 이는 일 예에 불과하고, 조절부(200a)의 캡이 허리착용부재(10a)에 가까워지는 방향으로 이동되었을 때 조절부(200a)의 일 방향 회전만이 가능한 잠금 상태에 놓이고, 조절부(200a)의 캡이 허리착용부재(10a)로부터 멀어지는 방향으로 이동되었을 때 조절부(200a)의 잠금 상태가 해제되도록 구비되는 것도 가능하다.The adjustment unit 200a may further include a cap (not shown) that is selectively movable toward a direction away from the waist wearing member 10a. When the cap of the adjusting part 200a is moved in a direction away from the waist wearing member 10a, only one direction rotation of the adjusting part 200a (the direction in which the cable member 100a is wound around the adjusting part 200a) is possible. It may be placed in a locked state, and when the cap of the adjusting part 200a is moved in a direction closer to the waist wearing member 10a, the locked state of the adjusting part 200a may be released. However, this is only an example, and when the cap of the adjustment unit 200a is moved in a direction closer to the waist wearing member 10a, it is placed in a locked state in which only one direction rotation of the adjustment unit 200a is possible, and adjustment When the cap of the part 200a is moved in a direction away from the waist wearing member 10a, it may be provided so that the locked state of the adjustment part 200a is released.
사용자는 허리착용부재(10a)의 전체 길이를 줄이고자 할 때, 조절부(200a)를 잠금 상태에서 회전 조작하여 케이블 부재(100a)가 조절부(200a)의 내부에 권취되도록 할 수 있다. 케이블 부재(100a)가 조절부(200a)에 권취됨으로써 제1 착용부(11a)와 제2 착용부(12a) 간의 간격이 가까워지고 허리착용부재(10a)의 전체 길이가 줄어들 수 있다. When the user wants to shorten the overall length of the waist wearing member 10a, the cable member 100a may be wound inside the adjusting part 200a by rotating the adjusting part 200a in a locked state. As the cable member 100a is wound around the adjusting part 200a, the distance between the first wearing part 11a and the second wearing part 12a becomes close, and the overall length of the waist wearing member 10a may be reduced.
한편, 사용자는 허리착용부재(10a)의 전체 길이를 늘이고자 할 때에는, 조절부(200a)의 잠금 상태를 해제한 다음, 조절부(200a)를 회전시키거나 제1 착용부(11a)와 제2 착용부(12a)를 서로 멀어지는 방향으로 당겨서 케이블 부재(100a)가 권취된 상태에서 이를 풀어서 허리착용부재(10a)의 전체 길이를 늘일 수 있다. 케이블 부재(100a)가 조절부(200a)로부터 풀림으로써 제1 착용부(11a)와 제2 착용부(12a) 간의 간격이 멀어지고 허리착용부재(10a)의 전체 길이가 늘어날 수 있다. 이와 같이, 조절부(200a)에 의해 케이블 부재(100a)를 감거나 풀어서 허리착용부재(10a)의 전체 길이가 조절될 수 있으므로, 허리착용부재(10a)의 전체 길이가 보다 미세하게 조절될 수 있다.On the other hand, when the user wants to increase the overall length of the waist wearing member (10a), after releasing the locked state of the adjustment unit (200a), the adjustment unit (200a) is rotated or the first wearing unit (11a) and the first 2 The overall length of the waist wearing member 10a can be increased by pulling the wearing part 12a in a direction away from each other to loosen it while the cable member 100a is wound. As the cable member 100a is released from the adjustment part 200a, the distance between the first wearing part 11a and the second wearing part 12a may increase, and the overall length of the waist wearing member 10a may be increased. In this way, the entire length of the waist wearing member 10a can be adjusted by winding or loosening the cable member 100a by the adjustment unit 200a, so that the overall length of the waist wearing member 10a can be adjusted more finely. have.
가이드부(300a)는 등판(60a)에 제공되고, 조절부(200a)에 의해 이동되는 케이블 부재(100a)의 이동 경로를 가이드하도록 제공된다. 이러한 가이드부(300a)는 등판(60a) 상에 복수 개가 소정의 패턴으로 배열될 수 있으며, 가이드부(300a)를 통해 케이블 부재(100a)가 연장하는 방향이 적절히 바뀌도록 케이블 부재(100a)의 이동이 안내될 수 있다. 예를 들어, 도 11에 도시된 바와 같이 가이드부(300a)는 등판(60a) 상에 총 여덟 개가 제공되고, 양 측에 네 개씩 대칭이 되도록 배열될 수 있으나, 이는 일 예에 불과하고 가이드부(300a)의 개수 및 배열 관계는 경우에 따라 자유롭게 변형 가능하다. 케이블 부재(100a)는 가이드부(300a)들에 각각 걸리면서 방향이 전환됨과 동시에, 케이블 부재(100a)에 걸리는 장력 또한 유지될 수 있다. 또한, 가이드부(300a)의 배열 상태에 따라 케이블 부재(100a)는 지그재그 방식으로 병렬로 연장될 수 있다. The guide portion 300a is provided on the back plate 60a, and is provided to guide the movement path of the cable member 100a moved by the adjustment portion 200a. A plurality of the guide portions 300a may be arranged in a predetermined pattern on the back plate 60a, and the direction in which the cable member 100a extends through the guide portion 300a is appropriately changed. Movement can be guided. For example, as shown in FIG. 11, a total of eight guide portions 300a are provided on the back plate 60a and may be arranged to be symmetrical by four on both sides, but this is only an example and the guide portion The number and arrangement relationship of (300a) can be freely modified depending on the case. The direction of the cable member 100a is changed while being caught by each of the guide portions 300a, and a tension applied to the cable member 100a may also be maintained. In addition, the cable member 100a may extend in parallel in a zigzag manner according to the arrangement state of the guide portion 300a.
이러한 가이드부(300a)는 다양한 실시예로서 구현 가능하며, 가능한 실시예들 중 일부가 예시적으로 도 12에 도시된다. The guide part 300a can be implemented in various embodiments, and some of the possible embodiments are illustrated in FIG. 12 by way of example.
먼저, 도 12(a)를 참조하면, 가이드부(300a)는 디스크 형상 또는 플랜지 형상으로 구비되는 헤드(310a), 헤드(310a)의 일 면으로부터 연장되는 축핀(320a), 등판(60a)에 연결되고 축핀(320a)이 관통하는 베이스(330a) 및 축핀(320a)을 등판(60a)의 반대측 면에 대하여 고정시키는 고정 플랜지(340a)를 포함할 수 있다. 이러한 가이드부(300a)의 구성에 따르면, 케이블 부재(100a)는 헤드(310a)와 베이스(330a)의 사이에 배치되고, 축핀(320a)에 케이블 부재(100a)가 접촉되어 케이블 부재(100a)에 가해지는 장력이 축핀(320a)에 의해 유지되는 것이 가능해진다. 또한, 축핀(320a)은 헤드(310a) 및 베이스(330a)에 대하여 회전 가능하게 제공되어 케이블 부재(100a)의 이동시 마찰을 최소화할 수 있으나, 본 발명의 사상이 이에 한정되는 것은 아니고, 축핀(320a)은 헤드(310a) 및 베이스(330a)에 대하여 회전이 불가능하게 제공되는 것도 가능하다.First, referring to Figure 12 (a), the guide portion (300a) is provided in a disk shape or a flange shape on the head 310a, the shaft pin 320a extending from one surface of the head 310a, and the back plate 60a. It may include a base 330a through which the shaft pin 320a passes and a fixing flange 340a for fixing the shaft pin 320a with respect to the opposite side of the back plate 60a. According to the configuration of this guide part (300a), the cable member (100a) is disposed between the head (310a) and the base (330a), the cable member (100a) is in contact with the shaft pin (320a), the cable member (100a) It becomes possible to maintain the tension applied to the shaft pin (320a). In addition, the shaft pin 320a is rotatably provided with respect to the head 310a and the base 330a to minimize friction when the cable member 100a moves, but the spirit of the present invention is not limited thereto. 320a) may be provided so that rotation is impossible with respect to the head 310a and the base 330a.
헤드(310a)는 축핀(320a)의 직경보다 큰 직경을 갖는 디스크 형상으로 구비될 수 있으나, 이는 일 예에 불과하고 본 발명의 사상이 이에 한정되는 것은 아니다. 또한, 축핀(320a)은 기둥 형상으로서 헤드(310a)의 일 면으로부터 돌출 형성되어 베이스(330a)와 등판(60a)을 차례로 관통하여 설치될 수 있다. 또한, 축핀(320a)의 단부에는 고정 플랜지(340a)가 구비될 수 있으며, 고정 플랜지(340a)는 등판(60a)의 타 면에 요입 형성된 홈에 삽입되어 등판(60a)에 고정될 수 있으며, 이에 따라 축핀(320a)이 등판(60a)으로부터 분리되지 않고 유지될 수 있다. 다만, 이는 일 예에 불과하고, 축핀(320a)은 단지 베이스(330a)만을 관통하도록 구비되어 고정되는 것도 가능하다. 이 경우, 고정 플랜지(340a)는 생략될 수 있다. 또한, 베이스(330a)는 등판(60a)의 일 면에 고정될 수 있으며, 이를 위해 접착제 등이 사용될 수 있다. 이러한 헤드(310a), 축핀(320a), 베이스(330a) 및 고정 플랜지(340a)는 알루미늄 등의 가벼운 금속 재질로 구비될 수 있다. The head 310a may be provided in a disk shape having a diameter larger than that of the shaft pin 320a, but this is only an example and the spirit of the present invention is not limited thereto. In addition, the shaft pin 320a is formed to protrude from one surface of the head 310a in a column shape, and may be installed through the base 330a and the back plate 60a in order. In addition, a fixing flange 340a may be provided at the end of the shaft pin 320a, and the fixing flange 340a may be inserted into a recess formed in the other surface of the back plate 60a and fixed to the back plate 60a, Accordingly, the shaft pin 320a may be maintained without being separated from the back plate 60a. However, this is only an example, and the shaft pin 320a may be provided so as to penetrate only the base 330a to be fixed. In this case, the fixing flange 340a may be omitted. In addition, the base 330a may be fixed to one surface of the back plate 60a, and an adhesive or the like may be used for this purpose. The head 310a, the shaft pin 320a, the base 330a, and the fixing flange 340a may be made of a light metal material such as aluminum.
또는, 도 12(b)에 도시된 바와 같이 가이드부(300'a)의 헤드(310'a)의 둘레면을 따라 케이블 부재(100a)가 일부 수용되는 지지홈(312a)이 요입 형성될 수 있다. 이때, 축핀(320a)은 헤드(310'a)의 일 면으로부터 연장되고, 베이스(330a)와 등판(60a)을 차례로 관통하도록 구비될 수 있으며, 축핀(320a)의 단부에는 등판(60a)에 축핀(320a)을 고정하는 고정 플랜지(340a)가 구비될 수 있음은 도 12(a)에 도시된 실시예와 동일하다. 도 12(b)에 도시된 가이드부(300a)에 따르면, 지지홈(312a)에 케이블 부재(100a)가 접촉되어 케이블 부재(100a)에 가해지는 장력이 지지홈(312a)과의 간섭에 의해 유지될 수 있다. 다시 말해서, 도 12(b)에 도시된 가이드부(300'a)에서는 축핀(320a)에 케이블 부재(100a)가 접촉되는 것은 아니다. Alternatively, as shown in FIG. 12(b), a support groove 312a in which a cable member 100a is partially accommodated may be formed along the circumferential surface of the head 310'a of the guide part 300'a. have. At this time, the shaft pin 320a extends from one surface of the head 310'a, and may be provided to sequentially pass through the base 330a and the back plate 60a, and at the end of the shaft pin 320a, the back plate 60a It is the same as the embodiment shown in Fig. 12 (a) that the fixing flange (340a) for fixing the shaft pin (320a) may be provided. According to the guide portion (300a) shown in Figure 12 (b), the cable member (100a) is in contact with the support groove (312a), the tension applied to the cable member (100a) by interference with the support groove (312a) Can be maintained. In other words, in the guide portion 300'a shown in FIG. 12(b), the cable member 100a does not contact the shaft pin 320a.
이 경우, 헤드(310'a)는 베이스(330a)에 대하여 회전 가능하게 제공될 수 있으며, 이로써 케이블 부재(100a)의 이동시 마찰이 최소화될 수 있다. 이때, 베이스(330a)와 헤드(310'a)의 사이에는 헤드(310a)의 회전을 용이하게 하기 위한 와셔 등이 추가로 구비될 수 있다. 다만, 이는 일 예에 불과하며, 헤드(310'a)는 베이스(330a)에 대하여 회전 불가능하게 고정될 수도 있다. In this case, the head 310'a may be provided to be rotatable with respect to the base 330a, thereby minimizing friction when the cable member 100a moves. In this case, a washer for facilitating rotation of the head 310a may be additionally provided between the base 330a and the head 310'a. However, this is only an example, and the head 310'a may be fixed to the base 330a so that it is not rotatable.
한편, 도 12(c)를 참조하면, 가이드부(300'a)는 한 쌍씩 제공될 수 있으며, 한 쌍의 가이드부(300'a)가 서로 근접하게 배치되어 한 쌍의 가이드부(300a)의 사이로 케이블 부재(100a)가 통과하면서 케이블 부재(100a)의 이동 경로가 가이드되도록 구성되는 것도 가능하다.Meanwhile, referring to FIG. 12(c), a pair of guide portions 300'a may be provided, and a pair of guide portions 300'a are disposed close to each other to form a pair of guide portions 300a. It is also possible to be configured to guide the movement path of the cable member (100a) while the cable member (100a) passes through.
다시 도 11를 참조하면, 케이블 가이드(400a)는 케이블 부재(100a)를 안내할 수 있으며, 케이블 부재(100a)가 통과할 수 있도록 형성될 수 있다. 또한, 케이블 가이드(400a)는 허리착용부재(10a)에 제공되고, 케이블 부재(100a)가 지나가는 도중에 배치되어 조절부(200a)로부터 등판(60a)을 향하여 연장되는 것을 안내할 수 있다. 이러한 케이블 가이드(400a)는 제1 착용부(11a)에 구비되는 제1 케이블 가이드(410a)와 제2 착용부(12a)에 구비되는 제2 케이블 가이드(420a)를 포함할 수 있다.Referring back to FIG. 11, the cable guide 400a may guide the cable member 100a and may be formed to pass the cable member 100a. In addition, the cable guide 400a is provided on the waist wearing member 10a, and is disposed in the middle of the passage of the cable member 100a to guide the extension from the adjustment part 200a toward the back plate 60a. The cable guide 400a may include a first cable guide 410a provided in the first wearing part 11a and a second cable guide 420a provided in the second wearing part 12a.
제1 케이블 가이드(410a)는 제1 착용부(11a)의 단부에 제공되는 고리 형상의 부재와 제1 착용부(11a) 상에서 케이블 부재(100a)의 방향을 180도 전환시키기 위한 반원 형상의 부재를 포함할 수 있다. 또한, 제2 케이블 가이드(420a)는 제2 착용부(12a)의 단부에 제공되는 고리 형상의 부재와 제2 착용부(12a) 상에서 케이블 부재(100a)가 지나가는 도중에 배치되고 케이블 부재(100a)의 연장 방향을 따라 길게 형성되어 케이블 부재(100a)의 이동 경로를 가이드하는 부재를 포함할 수 있다. The first cable guide 410a is a ring-shaped member provided at the end of the first wearing part 11a and a semicircular member for changing the direction of the cable member 100a 180 degrees on the first wearing part 11a It may include. In addition, the second cable guide 420a is disposed in the middle of the cable member 100a passing on the annular member provided at the end of the second wearing part 12a and the second wearing part 12a, and the cable member 100a It may include a member formed to be elongated along the extending direction of the cable member 100a to guide the movement path of the cable member 100a.
신축 부재(50a)는 제1 착용부(11a)와 제2 착용부(12a) 중 적어도 하나의 단부에 연결되고, 길이가 가변될 수 있도록 구비된다. 본 실시예에서는 제1 착용부(11a)와 제2 착용부(12a) 모두의 단부에 대하여 신축 부재(50a)가 각각 구비되는 경우를 예로 들어 도시하였으나, 본 발명의 사상이 이에 한정되는 것은 아니고, 신축 부재(50a)는 제1 착용부(11a) 또는 제2 착용부(12a)에 대하여 구비되는 것도 가능하다. 이러한 신축 부재(50a)는 제1 착용부(11a)와 제2 착용부(12a) 사이의 간격이 조절되면서 변함에 따라 길이가 변화될 수 있으며, 내부에는 중공을 포함하고, 신축 부재(50a)의 내부 중공으로 케이블 부재(100a)가 통과될 수 있다. 또한, 신축 부재(50a)는 등판 커버(64a)와 연결될 수 있다. 예를 들어, 신축 부재(50a)의 일단은 제1 착용부(11a)와 제2 착용부(12a) 중 어느 하나의 단부에 연결되고, 타단이 후술할 등판 커버(64a)에 형성된 슬릿(642a)에 연결될 수 있다. 다만, 본 발명의 사상이 이에 한정되는 것은 아니고, 신축 부재(50a)의 타단이 슬릿(642a)을 제외한 등판 커버(64a)의 다른 부분에 연결될 수도 있고, 백플레이트(62a)에 직접 연결될 수도 있다.The elastic member 50a is connected to at least one end of the first wearing part 11a and the second wearing part 12a, and provided to have a variable length. In the present embodiment, an example in which an elastic member 50a is provided with respect to the ends of both the first wearing part 11a and the second wearing part 12a is illustrated as an example, but the spirit of the present invention is not limited thereto. , The elastic member 50a may be provided for the first wearing part 11a or the second wearing part 12a. The length of the elastic member 50a may be changed as the distance between the first wearing part 11a and the second wearing part 12a is adjusted, and includes a hollow inside, and the elastic member 50a The cable member 100a may pass through the inner hollow of the. In addition, the elastic member 50a may be connected to the back cover 64a. For example, one end of the elastic member 50a is connected to one end of the first wearing part 11a and the second wearing part 12a, and the other end is a slit 642a formed in the back cover 64a to be described later. ) Can be connected. However, the spirit of the present invention is not limited thereto, and the other end of the elastic member 50a may be connected to other parts of the back cover 64a except for the slit 642a, or may be directly connected to the backplate 62a. .
또한, 신축 부재(50a)는 표면에 하나 이상의 주름을 포함할 수 있으며, 더 나아가서는 벨로우즈(bellowsa) 형상으로 구비될 수 있고, 일 예로 형상 변형이 자유로운 섬유(fiber) 재질로 이루어질 수 있다. 이러한 신축 부재(50a)에 의해 케이블 부재(100a)가 외부로 노출되는 일이 없어서 케이블 부재(100a)에 의해 유아 등이 부상을 당하는 등의 문제가 방지될 수 있고, 유아용 캐리어(1a)의 외관이 미려해질 수 있다.In addition, the elastic member 50a may include one or more wrinkles on its surface, furthermore, it may be provided in a bellows shape, and for example, may be made of a fiber material having a free shape deformation. Since the cable member 100a is not exposed to the outside by the elastic member 50a, problems such as injury to infants, etc. can be prevented by the cable member 100a, and the appearance of the infant carrier 1a This can be beautiful.
등판(60a)은 유아용 캐리어(1a)가 사용자의 신체에 올바르게 착용되었을 때, 등판(60a)이 사용자의 힙의 상단에서 등에 밀착되어 사용자의 허리 부분을 지지할 수 있다. 또한, 등판(60a)은 신축 부재(50a)의 단부에 연결된다. 이러한 등판(60a)은 사용자의 허리를 지지하도록 소정의 강성을 갖는 재질로서 제공되는 백플레이트(62a) 및 백플레이트(62a)를 내부에 수용하여 커버하는 등판 커버(64a)를 포함할 수 있다. When the infant carrier 1a is properly worn on the user's body, the back plate 60a may be in close contact with the back at the top of the user's hip to support the user's waist. Further, the back plate 60a is connected to the end of the elastic member 50a. The back plate 60a may include a back plate 62a provided as a material having a predetermined rigidity to support the user's waist, and a back plate cover 64a receiving and covering the back plate 62a therein.
백플레이트(62a)는 일 예로 단단하면서도 가벼운 플라스틱 재질로 구비될 수 있으며, 하중을 줄이기 위해 표면 상에 복수의 홀들이 관통하여 형성될 수 있다. 또한, 백플레이트(62a)의 양 면 중 사용자의 신체가 맞닿을 면의 반대측 면에는 복수의 가이드부(300a)가 구비될 수 있다. 이에 따라, 백플레이트(62a)의 양 면 중 사용자의 신체가 맞닿을 면의 반대측 면 상에는 가이드부(300a)에 의해 배치 경로가 안내되는 케이블 부재(100a)의 일부가 배치되어 백플레이트(62a) 상에서 조절부(200a)의 회전 조작에 의해 케이블 부재(100a)가 이동될 수 있다.The back plate 62a may be formed of a hard and light plastic material, for example, and may be formed through a plurality of holes on the surface to reduce the load. In addition, a plurality of guide portions 300a may be provided on both surfaces of the back plate 62a opposite to the surface on which the user's body will contact. Accordingly, a part of the cable member 100a for guiding the arrangement path by the guide portion 300a is disposed on the opposite side of the surface where the user's body will abut, among both surfaces of the back plate 62a, and the back plate 62a The cable member 100a may be moved by the rotation operation of the adjustment part 200a on the top.
등판 커버(64a)는 백플레이트(62a)와 함께 백플레이트(62a)의 일 면 상에 구비되는 케이블 부재(100a)와 가이드부(300a)를 내부에 수용하여 커버하도록 구비될 수 있다. 또한, 신축 부재(50a)는 백플레이트(62a) 또는 등판 커버(64a)에 연결될 수 있으며, 등판 커버(64a)에는 제1 착용부(11a) 및 제2 착용부(12a) 중 적어도 하나의 단부로부터 연장되는 케이블 부재(100a)가 통과되는 슬릿(642a)이 형성될 수 있다. 슬릿(642a)은 등판 커버(64a)의 외부와 내부를 연통하도록 형성되는 장형의 틈일 수 있으며, 등판 커버(64a)가 섬유(fabric) 재질로 이루어질 경우에는 섬유 표면을 길게 찢은 형상으로서 구비될 수 있다. 이러한 슬릿(642a)은 등판 커버(64a)에 대하여 제1 착용부(11a)와 제2 착용부(12a)에 각각 대응되도록 두 개가 형성될 수 있다.The back plate cover 64a may be provided to accommodate and cover the cable member 100a and the guide portion 300a provided on one side of the back plate 62a together with the back plate 62a. In addition, the elastic member 50a may be connected to the back plate 62a or the back cover 64a, and the back cover 64a includes at least one end of the first wearing part 11a and the second wearing part 12a. A slit 642a through which the cable member 100a extending from is passed may be formed. The slit 642a may be an elongated gap formed to communicate the outside and the inside of the back cover 64a, and when the back cover 64a is made of a fabric material, it may be provided as a shape in which the fiber surface is torn long. have. Two such slits 642a may be formed to correspond to the first wearing portion 11a and the second wearing portion 12a with respect to the back cover 64a, respectively.
이러한 등판(60a) 구성으로 인해, 사용자가 유아용 캐리어(1a)를 이용하여 유아를 안을 때, 사용자의 허리를 등판(60a)이 지지하는 상태에서 조절부(200a)를 조작하여 케이블 부재(100a)를 조여서 등판(60a)이 사용자의 신체에 더욱 밀착되도록 함으로써, 사용자의 신체에 가해지는 유아의 체중이 효과적으로 분산되고, 사용자의 허리에 하중이 집중되는 것을 방지할 수 있게 된다. Due to this configuration of the back plate (60a), when the user holds the infant using the infant carrier (1a), the cable member (100a) by manipulating the adjustment unit (200a) while the back plate (60a) supports the user's waist By tightening the back plate 60a to more closely contact the user's body, the infant's weight applied to the user's body can be effectively distributed and the load can be prevented from being concentrated on the user's waist.
연결구(70a)는 허리착용부재(10a)가 사용자의 허리를 적어도 일부 감싼 상태에서 사용자의 허리에 안착될 수 있도록 선택적으로 체결될 수 있다. 이러한 연결구(70a)의 적어도 일부는 허리착용부재(10a)의 외측 둘레부에 제공될 수 있다. 또한, 연결구(70a)는 적어도 하나 이상의 타입으로 제공될 수 있다. 예를 들어, 연결구(70a)는 버클 타입의 제1 연결부재(71a) 및 벨크로 타입의 제2 연결부재(72a)를 포함할 수 있다. 연결구(70a)는 제1 착용부(11a) 및 제2 착용부(12a) 간의 체결수단으로서 제공되고, 허리착용부재(10a)가 사용자의 허리를 감쌌을 때 그 양 단부가 서로 연결되도록 구성될 수 있다. The connector 70a may be selectively fastened so that the waist wearing member 10a can be seated on the user's waist while at least partially covering the user's waist. At least a portion of the connector 70a may be provided on the outer periphery of the waist wearing member 10a. In addition, the connector 70a may be provided in at least one or more types. For example, the connector 70a may include a buckle-type first connection member 71a and a Velcro-type second connection member 72a. The connector (70a) is provided as a fastening means between the first wearing portion (11a) and the second wearing portion (12a), and when the waist wearing member (10a) wraps the user's waist, both ends thereof are configured to be connected to each other. I can.
이하에서는 도 13 및 도 14를 더 참조하여 상술한 바와 같은 구성을 갖는 유아용 캐리어(1a)의 작용 및 효과에 대하여 설명한다. Hereinafter, the action and effect of the infant carrier 1a having the above-described configuration will be described with reference to FIGS. 13 and 14.
우선, 사용자는 유아용 캐리어(1a)를 자신의 신체에 밀착한 후 연결구(70a)를 체결시켜 허리착용부재(10a)를 자신의 허리에 안착시킬 수 있다. 허리착용부재(10a)가 일정 수준 이상으로 사용자의 허리에 밀착될 때 사용자의 허리에 가해지는 하중이 경감되고 사용자가 허리의 편안함을 느낄 수 있다. 이를 위해, 사용자는 조임유닛(40a)을 조작하여 허리착용부재(10a)의 전체 길이를 줄임으로써 허리착용부재(10a) 및 등판(60a)이 사용자의 신체에 더욱 밀착될 수 있도록 할 수 있다. First, the user may place the waist wearing member 10a on his/her waist by fastening the connector 70a after the infant carrier 1a is in close contact with his or her body. When the waist wearing member 10a is in close contact with the user's waist over a certain level, the load applied to the user's waist is reduced, and the user can feel the comfort of the waist. To this end, the user can reduce the overall length of the waist wearing member 10a by manipulating the tightening unit 40a so that the waist wearing member 10a and the back plate 60a can be brought into close contact with the user's body.
다시 말해서, 사용자는 조절부(200a)를 잠금상태에 놓고 일 방향으로 회전시킴으로써 조절부(200a)에 연결된 케이블 부재(100a)가 조절부(200a) 내에 권취되도록 할 수 있다. 케이블 부재(100a)가 조절부(200a) 내에 권취되면, 제1 착용부(11a)와 제2 착용부(12a) 사이에서의 케이블 부재(100a)의 길이가 도 15에 도시된 바와 같이 감소하여 제1 착용부(11a)와 제2 착용부(12a) 사이의 거리가 가까워지게 되고, 신축 부재(50a)의 길이는 줄어들게 된다. In other words, the user can rotate the adjusting part 200a in a locked state and rotated in one direction so that the cable member 100a connected to the adjusting part 200a is wound in the adjusting part 200a. When the cable member 100a is wound in the adjustment part 200a, the length of the cable member 100a between the first wearing part 11a and the second wearing part 12a decreases as shown in FIG. The distance between the first wearing part 11a and the second wearing part 12a becomes close, and the length of the elastic member 50a is reduced.
이와 같이, 사용자는 조절부(200a)를 회전 조작하는 것만으로 제1 착용부(11a)와 제2 착용부(12a) 사이의 거리를 줄임으로써 허리착용부재(10a)의 전체 길이가 줄어들도록 함으로써, 허리착용부재(10a)가 사용자의 허리에 더욱 밀착되도록 할 수 있다. 따라서, 사용자는 적은 노력만으로도 허리착용부재(10a)의 전체 길이를 쉽게 조절할 수 있으며, 보다 정밀하게 허리착용부재(10a)의 전체 길이를 조절할 수 있다. 이렇게 허리착용부재(10a)의 길이 조절이 완료되면, 사용자는 힙시트(20a) 및/또는 아기띠(30a)에 유아를 안착시킬 수 있다. In this way, the user can reduce the distance between the first wearing part 11a and the second wearing part 12a by rotating the adjusting part 200a, thereby reducing the overall length of the waist wearing member 10a. , It is possible to make the waist wearing member (10a) more close to the user's waist. Accordingly, the user can easily adjust the overall length of the waist wearing member 10a with little effort, and more precisely, the overall length of the waist wearing member 10a. When the length adjustment of the waist wearing member 10a is completed, the user can seat the infant on the hip seat 20a and/or the baby carrier 30a.
한편, 사용자는 유아용 캐리어(1a)를 벗을 때는 조임유닛(40a)과 연결구(70a)를 조작하여 허리착용부재(10a)를 자신의 허리로부터 탈거할 수 있다. 이를 위해, 사용자는 조임유닛(40a)의 조절부(200a)의 잠금상태를 해제하고, 조절부(200a)를 회전시키거나 제1 착용부(11a)와 제2 착용부(12a)를 서로 멀어지도록 당김으로써 조절부(200a)에 연결된 케이블 부재(100a)를 느슨하게 풀 수 있다. 조절부(200a)의 내부에 권취되어 있던 케이블 부재(100a)가 풀리면 제1 착용부(11a)와 제2 착용부(12a) 사이의 간격이 멀어지고 허리착용부재(10a)의 전체 길이가 늘어날 수 있다. 이후, 사용자는 연결구(70a)의 체결을 해제하여 허리착용부재(10a)를 신체로부터 탈거할 수 있다. On the other hand, when taking off the infant carrier (1a), the user can remove the waist wearing member (10a) from the waist by operating the tightening unit (40a) and the connector (70a). To this end, the user unlocks the adjustment unit 200a of the tightening unit 40a, rotates the adjustment unit 200a, or moves the first wearing unit 11a and the second wearing unit 12a apart from each other. By pulling so that it is possible to loosen the cable member (100a) connected to the adjustment unit (200a). When the cable member (100a) wound inside the adjustment part (200a) is released, the gap between the first wearing part (11a) and the second wearing part (12a) increases, and the total length of the waist wearing member (10a) increases. I can. Thereafter, the user can release the fastening of the connector 70a to remove the waist wearing member 10a from the body.
한편, 본 발명의 제4 실시예에 따른 유아용 캐리어가 도 15에 도시된다. 이하, 도 15을 참조하여 본 발명의 다른 실시예에 따른 유아용 캐리어에 대해 설명하도록 한다. 본 실시예를 설명함에 있어서, 본 실시예는 제2 착용부(12a)를 등판(60a)에 연결하는 고정 부재(14a)가 추가된다는 점에서 상술한 실시예와 차이가 있으므로, 이러한 차이점을 중심으로 설명하며, 동일한 부분은 상술한 실시예에 관한 설명을 원용하도록 한다.Meanwhile, a carrier for infants according to a fourth embodiment of the present invention is shown in FIG. 15. Hereinafter, a carrier for infants according to another embodiment of the present invention will be described with reference to FIG. 15. In describing the present embodiment, this embodiment differs from the above-described embodiment in that a fixing member 14a connecting the second wearing part 12a to the back plate 60a is added, so this difference is mainly focused. It will be described as, and the same part will refer to the description of the above-described embodiment.
도 15을 참조하면, 본 실시예에 따른 유아용 캐리어의 제1 착용부(11a)는 신축 부재(50a)를 통해 등판(60a)과 연결되고, 제2 착용부(12a)는 고정 부재(14a)를 통해 등판(60a)에 연결될 수 있다. 다만, 본 발명의 사상이 이에 한정되는 것은 아니고, 제2 착용부(12a)가 신축 부재(50a)를 통해 등판(60a)과 연결되고, 제1 착용부(11a)는 고정 부재(14a)를 통해 등판(60a)에 연결되도록 구성되는 것도 가능하다. 이러한 고정 부재(14a)는 제2 착용부(12a)(또는 제1 착용부(11a))의 폭 이상의 폭을 가질 수 있으며, 제2 착용부(12a)(또는 제1 착용부(11a))의 단부에 연결되고 일 면이 등판(60a)의 백플레이트(62a) 또는 등판 커버(64a)에 고정될 수 있다. Referring to FIG. 15, the first wearing part 11a of the infant carrier according to the present embodiment is connected to the back plate 60a through an elastic member 50a, and the second wearing part 12a is a fixing member 14a. It can be connected to the back plate (60a) through. However, the spirit of the present invention is not limited thereto, and the second wearing part 12a is connected to the back plate 60a through the elastic member 50a, and the first wearing part 11a is a fixing member 14a. It is also possible to be configured to be connected to the back plate (60a) through. The fixing member 14a may have a width greater than or equal to the width of the second wearing part 12a (or the first wearing part 11a), and the second wearing part 12a (or the first wearing part 11a) It is connected to the end of the back plate (60a) may be fixed to the back plate (62a) or the back cover (64a).
이때, 고정 부재(14a)가 백플레이트(62a)에 고정되는 경우에는 제2 착용부(또는 제1 착용부(11a))가 등판 커버(64a)에 형성된 복수의 슬릿(642a) 중 하나를 통과하도록 배치되고, 제1 착용부(11a)(또는 제2 착용부(12a))의 단부로부터 연장되는 케이블 부재(100a)가 복수의 슬릿(642a) 중 다른 하나를 통과할 수 있다. 다만, 이는 일 예에 불과하고, 등판 커버(64a)에 단일의 슬릿(642a)이 형성되고, 단일의 슬릿(642a)을 케이블 부재(100a)와 제2 착용부(또는 제1 착용부(11a))가 통과되는 것도 가능하다.At this time, when the fixing member 14a is fixed to the back plate 62a, the second wearing part (or the first wearing part 11a) passes through one of the plurality of slits 642a formed in the back cover 64a. The cable member 100a is disposed so as to extend from the end of the first wearing part 11a (or the second wearing part 12a) to pass through the other one of the plurality of slits 642a. However, this is only an example, and a single slit 642a is formed in the back cover 64a, and a single slit 642a is connected to the cable member 100a and the second wearing part (or the first wearing part 11a). It is also possible for )) to pass.
본 실시예에 따르면, 조절부(200a)의 회전 조작시 제2 착용부(또는 제1 착용부(11a))는 등판(60a)에 대하여 상대적으로 위치가 고정되고, 제1 착용부(또는 제2 착용부(12a))만 등판(60a)에 대하여 가까워지거나 멀어지는 방향으로 이동하게 된다. 이에 따라, 등판(60a)의 양 쪽에 연결된 부재의 길이가 동시에 가변됨에 따라 제1 및 제2 착용부(11a, 12a)가 불규칙하게 이동하는 것을 방지하고, 예측 가능하고 단순한 움직임만으로 허리착용부재(10a)의 전체 길이를 조절할 수 있다는 장점이 있다.According to this embodiment, when the adjustment unit 200a is rotated, the position of the second wearing unit (or the first wearing unit 11a) is fixed relative to the back plate 60a, and the first wearing unit (or the first wearing unit 11a) is 2 Only the wearing part (12a)) is moved in a direction that is closer to or away from the back plate (60a). Accordingly, as the lengths of the members connected to both sides of the back plate 60a are simultaneously varied, the first and second wearing portions 11a and 12a are prevented from moving irregularly, and the waist wearing members ( There is an advantage that the overall length of 10a) can be adjusted.
이하, 본 발명의 제5 실시예에 따른 유아용 캐리어의 구체적인 구성에 대하여 설명한다. Hereinafter, a specific configuration of the infant carrier according to the fifth embodiment of the present invention will be described.
먼저, 도 16을 참조하면, 본 발명의 제5 실시예에 따른 유아용 캐리어(1b)는 유아를 이동시키기 위해 사용될 수 있다. 이때, 사용자는 유아용 캐리어(1b)를 신체에 착용한 상태에서 유아용 캐리어(1b)에 유아를 안착시켜서 지지한 상태로 움직일 수 있다. 이러한 유아용 캐리어(1b)는 허리착용부재(10b), 힙시트(20b), 아기띠(30b), 조임유닛(40b), 신축 부재(50b), 등판(60b) 및 연결구(70b)를 포함할 수 있다. First, referring to FIG. 16, an infant carrier 1b according to a fifth embodiment of the present invention may be used to move an infant. At this time, the user may move the infant by seating and supporting the infant in the infant carrier 1b while wearing the infant carrier 1b on the body. The infant carrier (1b) includes a waist wearing member (10b), a hip seat (20b), a baby carrier (30b), a tightening unit (40b), an elastic member (50b), a back plate (60b) and a connector (70b). I can.
허리착용부재(10b)는 사용자가 유아용 캐리어(1b)를 착용하였을 때, 사용자의 허리의 전부 또는 일부를 감싸도록 형성될 수 있다. 이러한 허리착용부재(10b)는 후술하는 케이블 부재(100b)에 의해 서로 연결되는 제1 착용부(11b) 및 제2 착용부(12b)를 포함할 수 있다. 또한, 허리착용부재(10b)는 사용자의 허리에 지지된 상태에서 사용자의 허리에 체결될 수 있도록 구성될 수 있다. 또한, 제1 착용부(11b)와 제2 착용부(12b) 사이의 간격이 조임유닛(40b)에 의해 조절됨에 따라 허리착용부재(10b)의 전체 길이가 조절될 수 있다. 여기서 허리착용부재(10b)의 전체 길이는 제1 착용부(11b)와 제2 착용부(12b)의 길이와 제1 착용부(11b)와 제2 착용부(12b) 사이의 간격으로서 케이블 부재(100b)에 의해 연결된 부분의 길이도 포함하는 개념으로 이해될 수 있으며, 더 나아가서는 사용자가 유아용 캐리어(1b)를 착용하였을 때 허리착용부재(10b)가 사용자의 허리를 감싸는 둘레 길이로 이해될 수 있다. 또한, 허리착용부재(10b)는 힙시트(20b)의 양측으로 연장하도록 형성될 수 있으며, 양측에 단부를 가지는 띠 형상으로 제공될 수 있다. The waist wearing member 10b may be formed to cover all or part of the user's waist when the user wears the infant carrier 1b. The waist wearing member 10b may include a first wearing part 11b and a second wearing part 12b connected to each other by a cable member 100b to be described later. In addition, the waist wearing member 10b may be configured to be fastened to the user's waist while being supported by the user's waist. In addition, as the distance between the first wearing portion 11b and the second wearing portion 12b is adjusted by the tightening unit 40b, the overall length of the waist wearing member 10b may be adjusted. Here, the total length of the waist wearing member 10b is the length of the first wearing part 11b and the second wearing part 12b, and the distance between the first wearing part 11b and the second wearing part 12b, and the cable member It can be understood as a concept including the length of the part connected by (100b), and furthermore, when the user wears the infant carrier (1b), the waist wearing member (10b) can be understood as the circumferential length surrounding the user's waist. I can. In addition, the waist wearing member 10b may be formed to extend to both sides of the hip sheet 20b, and may be provided in a belt shape having ends on both sides.
힙시트(20b)는 유아의 엉덩이를 받침으로써 유아의 하중을 지지할 수 있다. 이러한 힙시트(20b)는 허리착용부재(10b)에 연결될 수 있으며, 일측에 허리착용부재(10b)의 제1 착용부(11b)의 단부가 연결되고, 타측에 허리착용부재(10b)의 제2 착용부(12b)의 단부가 연결될 수 있다. 또한, 힙시트(20b)는 그 형상을 견고하게 유지하기 위한 폼(foam) 및 이러한 폼을 커버하는 패브릭을 포함할 수 있으며, 힙시트(20b)의 상측에는 유아의 엉덩이가 안착되었을 때 푹신한 느낌을 제공하는 시트부재가 제공될 수 있다. 시트부재는 일 예로 스티로폼과 같은 재질로 구성될 수 있다. The hip seat 20b may support the infant's load by supporting the infant's buttocks. This hip sheet (20b) may be connected to the waist wearing member (10b), the end of the first wearing portion (11b) of the waist wearing member (10b) is connected to one side, and the other side of the waist wearing member (10b). 2 The end of the wearing part 12b may be connected. In addition, the hip sheet 20b may include a foam for maintaining its shape and a fabric covering the foam, and a fluffy feeling when the infant's buttocks are seated on the upper side of the hip sheet 20b A sheet member providing a can be provided. The sheet member may be made of a material such as styrofoam, for example.
또한, 힙시트(20b)는 측면에서 보았을 때 하면은 완만하게 굴곡진 형상으로 형성될 수 있고, 그 상면은 사용자가 힙시트(20b)를 착용하였을 때 사용자로부터 멀어지는 방향으로 점점 높아지도록 경사지는 형상을 가질 수 있다. 이로써 유아가 힙시트(20b) 상에 안착되었을 때 유아의 상반신이 사용자의 신체 쪽으로 기울어져서 유아에게 안락함과 안정감을 제공할 수 있다. In addition, when viewed from the side, the hip sheet 20b may be formed in a gently curved shape, and the upper surface is inclined so as to gradually increase in a direction away from the user when the user wears the hip sheet 20b. Can have Accordingly, when the infant is seated on the hip seat 20b, the infant's upper body is inclined toward the user's body, thereby providing comfort and stability to the infant.
아기띠(30b)는 유아의 신체를 받치도록 제공될 수 있다. 이러한 아기띠(30b)는 유아의 등 또는 엉덩이를 받치는 지지부(31b) 및 이러한 지지부(31b)와 연결되어 사용자의 어깨에 견착되는 어깨끈(32b)을 포함할 수 있다. 이때, 어깨끈(32b)은 길이 조절 가능한 스트랩을 포함할 수 있다. The baby carrier 30b may be provided to support the infant's body. The baby carrier (30b) may include a support portion (31b) for supporting the back or buttocks of an infant, and a shoulder strap (32b) that is connected to the support portion (31b) and is attached to the user's shoulder. In this case, the shoulder strap 32b may include a length adjustable strap.
한편, 본 실시예에서는 아기띠(30b)가 힙시트(20b)에 연결되고, 힙시트(20b)가 허리착용부재(10b)에 연결되는 것으로 도시하였으나, 경우에 따라서는 힙시트(20b) 및 아기띠(30b) 중 어느 하나가 선택적으로 탈거 가능하게 구성되거나 어느 하나가 생략될 수도 있다. 또한, 힙시트(20b)가 생략될 경우 아기띠(30b)가 허리착용부재(10b)에 연결되어 아기띠(30b)가 유아의 엉덩이와 등을 지지할 수 있고, 아기띠(30b)가 생략될 경우 아기띠(30b) 없이 힙시트(20b)에 유아의 엉덩이가 안착될 수 있다. On the other hand, in the present embodiment, the baby carrier 30b is connected to the hip sheet 20b, and the hip sheet 20b is shown to be connected to the waist wearing member 10b, but in some cases, the hip sheet 20b and Any one of the baby carriers 30b may be configured to be selectively removed, or any one may be omitted. In addition, when the hip seat (20b) is omitted, the baby carrier (30b) is connected to the waist wearing member (10b) so that the baby carrier (30b) can support the hips and back of the infant, and the baby carrier (30b) is omitted. If so, the infant's buttocks may be seated on the hip seat 20b without the baby carrier 30b.
도 17를 참조하면, 조임유닛(40b)은 허리착용부재(10b)의 전체 길이를 조절하도록 제공될 수 있다. 또한, 이러한 허리착용부재(10b)의 길이 조절은 사용자가 유아용 캐리어(1b)를 착용한 상태에서 조임유닛(40b)을 조작함으로써 이루어질 수 있다. 이러한 조임유닛(40b)은 케이블 부재(100b), 조절부(200b), 이동 부재(300b) 및 연결 부재(400b)를 포함할 수 있다. Referring to FIG. 17, the tightening unit 40b may be provided to adjust the overall length of the waist wearing member 10b. In addition, the length adjustment of the waist wearing member (10b) may be made by operating the tightening unit (40b) while the user is wearing the infant carrier (1b). The tightening unit 40b may include a cable member 100b, an adjustment part 200b, a moving member 300b, and a connection member 400b.
케이블 부재(100b)는 양 단이 조절부(200b)에 연결될 수 있으며, 조절부(200b)가 회전함으로써 조절부(200b) 내에 권취될 수 있다. 또한, 케이블 부재(100b)는 허리착용부재(10b)의 내부에 수용되어 외부로 드러나지 않도록 구비될 수 있으며, 제1 착용부(11b)와 제2 착용부(12b)의 사이에서 일부만이 노출되도록 구비될 수 있다. 다만, 이렇게 케이블 부재(100b) 중 외부에 노출되는 부분은 후술할 신축 부재(400b) 및 등판 커버(64b)에 의해 커버될 수 있다. 또한, 케이블 부재(100b)는 조절부(200b)로부터 연장되어 걸림부(300b)를 통과한 후 다시 조절부(200b)로 연장되어 연결될 수 있다. 이러한 케이블 부재(100b)는 와이어로서 제공될 수 있다. 또한, 제1 착용부(11b)(또는 제2 착용부(12b))에는 케이블 부재(100b)의 연장 방향을 180도 전환시키는 케이블 전환 가이드(42b)가 제공될 수 있으며, 케이블 전환 가이드(42b)는 일 예로 반원형으로 구비될 수 있다.Both ends of the cable member 100b may be connected to the adjusting part 200b, and may be wound in the adjusting part 200b by rotating the adjusting part 200b. In addition, the cable member 100b may be provided so that it is accommodated in the waist wearing member 10b so that it is not exposed to the outside, and only a part of the cable member 100b is exposed between the first wearing part 11b and the second wearing part 12b. It can be provided. However, the portion of the cable member 100b exposed to the outside may be covered by an elastic member 400b and a back cover 64b to be described later. In addition, the cable member 100b may extend from the adjustment unit 200b, pass through the locking unit 300b, and then extend back to the adjustment unit 200b to be connected. This cable member 100b may be provided as a wire. In addition, the first wearing portion 11b (or the second wearing portion 12b) may be provided with a cable switching guide 42b for switching the extension direction of the cable member 100b 180 degrees, and the cable switching guide 42b ) May be provided in a semicircular shape, for example.
조절부(200b)는 회전에 의해 내부에서 케이블 부재(100b)를 감거나 풀음으로써 허리착용부재(10b)의 전체 길이를 조절하도록 제공될 수 있다. 이러한 조절부(200b)는 허리착용부재(10b)의 외측 둘레면에 배치될 수 있으며, 본 실시예에서는 조절부(200b)가 제2 착용부(12b)에 제공되는 경우를 예로 들어 설명하나, 조절부(200b)는 제1 착용부(11b) 또는 제2 착용부(12b)에 제공될 수 있다. 또한, 사용자가 유아용 캐리어(1b)를 착용한 상태에서도 조절부(200b)를 조작함에 따라 허리착용부재(10b)의 전체 길이가 조절될 수 있다. 일 예로, 조절부(200b)는 일 방향(예를 들어, 시계 방향)으로 회전됨으로써 내부에 케이블 부재(100b)가 권취되고, 타 방향(예를 들어, 반시계 방향)으로 회전됨으로써 케이블 부재(100b)가 풀릴 수 있도록 구성될 수 있다. 다만, 이는 일 예에 불과하고, 본 발명의 사상이 상술한 바와 같은 조절부(200b)의 구성에 의해 한정되는 것은 아니다.The adjusting part 200b may be provided to adjust the overall length of the waist wearing member 10b by winding or unwinding the cable member 100b from the inside by rotation. Such an adjustment part 200b may be disposed on the outer circumferential surface of the waist wearing member 10b, and in this embodiment, a case where the adjustment part 200b is provided on the second wearing part 12b is described as an example, The adjusting part 200b may be provided on the first wearing part 11b or the second wearing part 12b. In addition, the overall length of the waist wearing member 10b may be adjusted as the user manipulates the adjustment unit 200b even when wearing the infant carrier 1b. As an example, the adjusting unit 200b is rotated in one direction (eg, clockwise) so that the cable member 100b is wound therein, and the cable member is rotated in the other direction (eg, counterclockwise). 100b) can be configured to be released. However, this is only an example, and the spirit of the present invention is not limited by the configuration of the adjustment unit 200b as described above.
예를 들어, 조절부(200b)는, 조절부(200b)가 타 방향으로 회전하는 것을 선택적으로 제한할 수 있는 스토퍼(미도시)를 내부에 추가로 구비할 수 있으며, 스토퍼에 의해 잠금상태에 놓일 수 있다. 예를 들어, 스토퍼는 조절부(200b)가 잠금상태일 때 서로 맞물리는 홈과 돌기를 포함할 수 있다. 이에 따라, 조절부(200b)가 잠금상태일 때, 허리착용부재(10b)의 전체 길이를 줄이기 위한 일 방향으로의 회전은 허용되되, 허리착용부재(10b)의 전체 길이를 늘이기 위한 타 방향으로의 회전은 스토퍼에 의해 제한될 수 있다. 이러한 스토퍼에 의해 잠금상태에서 조절부(200b)가 임의로 회전되어 케이블 부재(100b)의 권취된 상태가 의도치 않게 풀어지는 것이 방지될 수 있다. For example, the adjustment unit 200b may further include a stopper (not shown) that can selectively limit rotation of the adjustment unit 200b in other directions, and is locked by the stopper. Can be set. For example, the stopper may include grooves and protrusions that engage with each other when the adjustment unit 200b is in a locked state. Accordingly, when the adjusting part 200b is in the locked state, rotation in one direction to reduce the overall length of the waist wearing member 10b is allowed, but in the other direction to increase the overall length of the waist wearing member 10b. The rotation of can be limited by the stopper. By such a stopper, the adjusting part 200b is arbitrarily rotated in the locked state, so that the wound state of the cable member 100b can be prevented from being unintentionally released.
이러한 조절부(200b)는 허리착용부재(10b)로부터 멀어지는 방향을 향해 선택적으로 이동 가능한 캡(미도시b)을 더 포함할 수 있다. 이러한 조절부(200b)의 캡이 허리착용부재(10b)로부터 멀어지는 방향으로 이동되었을 때 조절부(200b)의 일 방향 회전(케이블 부재(100b)가 조절부(200b)에 권취되는 방향b)만이 가능한 잠금 상태에 놓일 수 있고, 조절부(200b)의 캡이 허리착용부재(10b)에 가까워지는 방향으로 이동되었을 때 조절부(200b)의 잠금 상태가 해제될 수 있다. 다만, 이는 일 예에 불과하고, 조절부(200b)의 캡이 허리착용부재(10b)에 가까워지는 방향으로 이동되었을 때 조절부(200b)의 일 방향 회전만이 가능한 잠금 상태에 놓이고, 조절부(200b)의 캡이 허리착용부재(10b)로부터 멀어지는 방향으로 이동되었을 때 조절부(200b)의 잠금 상태가 해제되도록 구비되는 것도 가능하다.The adjusting part 200b may further include a cap (not shown b) selectively movable toward a direction away from the waist wearing member 10b. When the cap of the adjusting part 200b is moved in a direction away from the waist wearing member 10b, only one direction rotation of the adjusting part 200b (the direction b in which the cable member 100b is wound around the adjusting part 200b) It may be placed in a locked state as much as possible, and the locked state of the adjusting part 200b may be released when the cap of the adjusting part 200b is moved in a direction closer to the waist wearing member 10b. However, this is only an example, and when the cap of the adjustment unit 200b is moved in a direction closer to the waist wearing member 10b, it is placed in a locked state in which only one direction rotation of the adjustment unit 200b is possible. When the cap of the part 200b is moved in a direction away from the waist wearing member 10b, it may be provided so that the locked state of the adjusting part 200b is released.
사용자는 허리착용부재(10b)의 전체 길이를 줄이고자 할 때, 조절부(200b)를 잠금 상태에서 회전 조작하여 케이블 부재(100b)가 조절부(200b)의 내부에 권취되도록 할 수 있다. 케이블 부재(100b)가 조절부(200b)에 권취됨으로써 제1 착용부(11b)와 제2 착용부(12b) 간의 간격이 가까워지고 허리착용부재(10b)의 전체 길이가 줄어들 수 있다. When the user wants to shorten the overall length of the waist wearing member 10b, the cable member 100b may be wound inside the adjusting part 200b by rotating the adjusting part 200b in a locked state. As the cable member 100b is wound around the adjusting part 200b, the distance between the first wearing part 11b and the second wearing part 12b becomes close, and the overall length of the waist wearing member 10b may be reduced.
한편, 사용자는 허리착용부재(10b)의 전체 길이를 늘이고자 할 때에는, 조절부(200b)의 잠금 상태를 해제한 다음, 조절부(200b)를 회전시키거나 제1 착용부(11b)와 제2 착용부(12b)를 서로 멀어지는 방향으로 당겨서 케이블 부재(100b)가 권취된 상태에서 이를 풀어서 허리착용부재(10b)의 전체 길이를 늘일 수 있다. 케이블 부재(100b)가 조절부(200b)로부터 풀림으로써 제1 착용부(11b)와 제2 착용부(12b) 간의 간격이 멀어지고 허리착용부재(10b)의 전체 길이가 늘어날 수 있다. 이와 같이, 조절부(200b)에 의해 케이블 부재(100b)를 감거나 풀어서 허리착용부재(10b)의 전체 길이가 조절될 수 있으므로, 허리착용부재(10b)의 전체 길이가 보다 미세하게 조절될 수 있다.On the other hand, when the user wants to increase the overall length of the waist wearing member (10b), after releasing the locked state of the adjustment unit (200b), the adjustment unit (200b) is rotated or the first wearing unit (11b) and 2 It is possible to increase the overall length of the waist wearing member 10b by pulling the wearing part 12b in a direction away from each other to loosen it while the cable member 100b is wound. As the cable member 100b is released from the adjustment part 200b, the distance between the first wearing part 11b and the second wearing part 12b may increase, and the overall length of the waist wearing member 10b may be increased. In this way, the overall length of the waist wearing member 10b can be adjusted by winding or unwinding the cable member 100b by the adjustment unit 200b, so that the overall length of the waist wearing member 10b can be adjusted more finely. have.
이동 부재(300b)는 허리착용부재(10b)와 등판(60b)을 연결하고, 등판(60b)에 대하여 슬라이드 이동 가능하게 제공된다. 또한, 이동 부재(300b)는 조임유닛(40b)의 조작에 의해 등판(60b) 상에서 이동될 수 있고, 이동 부재(300b)가 등판(60b) 상에서 이동됨에 따라 제1 착용부(11b)와 제2 착용부(12b) 사이의 간격이 변화될 수 있다. 이러한 이동 부재(300b)는 등판(60b)에 대하여 두 개가 제공될 수 있으며, 제1 이동 부재(310b)와 제2 이동 부재(320b)를 포함할 수 있다. 이때, 제1 이동 부재(310b)는 제1 착용부(11b)와 연결될 수 있고, 제2 이동 부재(320b)는 제2 착용부(12b)와 연결될 수 있다. 이러한 제1 이동 부재(310b)와 제2 이동 부재(320b)는 등판(60b)의 중심선에 대하여 서로 대칭이 되도록 배치될 수 있다.The moving member 300b connects the waist wearing member 10b and the back plate 60b, and is provided to be slidably moved with respect to the back plate 60b. In addition, the moving member 300b may be moved on the back plate 60b by manipulation of the tightening unit 40b, and as the moving member 300b moves on the back plate 60b, the first wearing part 11b and the first 2 The spacing between the wearing parts 12b may be changed. Two such moving members 300b may be provided for the back plate 60b, and may include a first moving member 310b and a second moving member 320b. In this case, the first moving member 310b may be connected to the first wearing part 11b, and the second moving member 320b may be connected to the second wearing part 12b. The first moving member 310b and the second moving member 320b may be disposed to be symmetrical with respect to the center line of the back plate 60b.
도 18을 참조하면, 이동 부재(300b)는 가이드 돌기(302b), 가이드 고리(304b) 및 전환 가이드(306b)를 포함할 수 있다. Referring to FIG. 18, the moving member 300b may include a guide protrusion 302b, a guide ring 304b, and a conversion guide 306b.
가이드 돌기(302b)는 등판(60b)의 백플레이트(62b) 상에 관통 형성되는 하나 이상의 가이드공(622b)에 삽입되어 이동 부재(300b)가 등판(60b) 상에서 이동시 가이드 돌기(302b)가 가이드공(622b)에 의해 안내되면서 이동될 수 있다. 이러한 가이드 돌기(302b)는 이동 부재(300b)의 등판(60b)에 대향하는 면으로부터 돌출된 형태로 형성될 수 있다. 이때, 가이드 돌기(302b)는 장방형 또는 타원형의 단부를 가질 수 있으며, 등판(60b)의 백플레이트(62b)에 형성된 가이드공(622b)에 대하여 이탈되지 않도록 가이드 돌기(302b)가 가이드공(622b)에 삽입되어 대략 90도 회전됨으로써 걸려질 수 있게 구비될 수 있다.The guide protrusion 302b is inserted into at least one guide hole 622b formed through the back plate 62b of the back plate 60b, so that the guide protrusion 302b is guided when the moving member 300b moves on the back plate 60b. It can be moved while being guided by the ball (622b). The guide protrusion 302b may be formed to protrude from a surface of the moving member 300b facing the back plate 60b. At this time, the guide protrusion 302b may have a rectangular or elliptical end, and the guide protrusion 302b may have a guide hole 622b so as not to be separated from the guide hole 622b formed in the back plate 62b of the back plate 60b. ) Can be provided so that it can be hooked by being inserted into and rotated approximately 90 degrees.
가이드 고리(304b)는 케이블 부재(100b)가 통과되며, 이동 부재(300b)의 단부에 제공될 수 있다. 또한, 전환 가이드(306b)는 케이블 부재(100b)의 연장 방향을 전환시키도록 제공되며, 가이드 고리(304b)와 마찬가지로 이동 부재(300b)의 단부에 제공될 수 있다. 이때, 가이드 고리(304b)는 이동 부재(300b)의 단부 중앙 부분에 배치되고, 전환 가이드(306b)는 이동 부재(300b)의 단부 양 가장자리 부분에 배치될 수 있으나, 이러한 배치 관계는 일 예에 불과하며, 이로 인해 본 발명의 사상이 제한되는 것은 아니다. 또한, 전환 가이드(306b)는 일 예로 원호 형상으로 구비될 수 있다. The guide ring 304b passes through the cable member 100b and may be provided at the end of the moving member 300b. In addition, the conversion guide 306b is provided to change the extension direction of the cable member 100b, and may be provided at the end of the moving member 300b like the guide ring 304b. At this time, the guide ring 304b is disposed at the center of the end of the moving member 300b, and the conversion guide 306b may be disposed at both edges of the end of the moving member 300b, but such an arrangement relationship is However, this does not limit the scope of the present invention. In addition, the conversion guide 306b may be provided in an arc shape, for example.
연결 부재(400b)는 일단이 제1 착용부(11b) 및 제2 착용부(12b) 중 적어도 하나에 연결되고, 타단이 이동 부재(300b)에 연결될 수 있다. 이러한 연결 부재(400b)에 의해 제1 착용부(11b) 및 제2 착용부(12b) 중 적어도 하나와 이동 부재(300b) 사이의 간격이 일정하게 유지될 수 있다. 이때, 연결 부재(400b)는 일 예로, 내부에 중공을 갖는 길고 납작한 튜브 형상으로 구비될 수 있으며, 양 단이 각각 제1 착용부(11b) 및 제2 착용부(12b) 중 적어도 하나와 이동 부재(300b)에 접착제 등으로 고정될 수 있다. 또한, 케이블 부재(100b)가 연결 부재를 통과하여 구비되고, 연결 부재(400b)에 의해 케이블 부재(100b)의 이동이 안내될 수 있다. The connection member 400b may have one end connected to at least one of the first wearing part 11b and the second wearing part 12b, and the other end connected to the moving member 300b. Due to the connection member 400b, a distance between at least one of the first and second wearing portions 11b and 12b and the moving member 300b may be kept constant. At this time, the connection member 400b may be provided in a long and flat tube shape having a hollow inside, and both ends move with at least one of the first wearing part 11b and the second wearing part 12b, respectively. It may be fixed to the member 300b with an adhesive or the like. In addition, the cable member 100b is provided through the connection member, and the movement of the cable member 100b may be guided by the connection member 400b.
본 실시예에서는 연결 부재(400b)가 제1 착용부(11b)와 제2 착용부(12b)에 대하여 각각 구비되는 경우를 예로 들어 도시하고 있다. 다시 말해서, 연결 부재(400b)는 일단이 제1 착용부(11b)에 연결되고, 타단이 제1 이동 부재(310b)에 연결되는 제1 연결 부재(410b)와, 일단이 제2 착용부(12b)에 연결되고, 타단이 제2 이동 부재(320b)에 연결되는 제2 연결 부재(420b)를 포함할 수 있다. 다만, 후술하는 변형예들과 같이, 연결 부재(400b)는 제1 착용부(11b)와 제2 착용부(12b) 중 어느 하나에 대해서만 구비되는 것도 가능하다.In this embodiment, a case in which the connection member 400b is provided for each of the first wearing portion 11b and the second wearing portion 12b is illustrated as an example. In other words, the connection member 400b has one end connected to the first wearing part 11b, the other end connected to the first moving member 310b, the first connection member 410b, and one end of the second wearing part ( 12b), and the other end may include a second connection member 420b connected to the second moving member 320b. However, as in modified examples to be described later, the connection member 400b may be provided for only one of the first wearing part 11b and the second wearing part 12b.
신축 부재(50b)는 제1 착용부(11b)와 제2 착용부(12b) 중 적어도 하나의 단부에 연결되고, 길이가 가변될 수 있도록 구비된다. 본 실시예에서는 제1 착용부(11b)와 제2 착용부(12b) 모두의 단부에 대하여 신축 부재(50b)가 각각 구비되는 경우를 예로 들어 도시하였으나, 본 발명의 사상이 이에 한정되는 것은 아니고, 신축 부재(50b)는 제1 착용부(11b) 또는 제2 착용부(12b)에 대하여 구비되는 것도 가능하다. 이러한 신축 부재(50b)는 제1 착용부(11b)와 제2 착용부(12b) 사이의 간격이 조절되면서 변함에 따라 길이가 변화될 수 있으며, 내부에는 중공을 포함하고, 신축 부재(50b)의 내부 중공으로 케이블 부재(100b)와 연결 부재(400b)가 통과될 수 있다. The elastic member 50b is connected to at least one end of the first wearing part 11b and the second wearing part 12b, and is provided to have a variable length. In the present embodiment, an example in which an elastic member 50b is provided with respect to the ends of both the first wearing part 11b and the second wearing part 12b is illustrated, but the spirit of the present invention is not limited thereto. , The elastic member 50b may be provided for the first wearing portion 11b or the second wearing portion 12b. The length of the elastic member 50b may be changed as the distance between the first wearing part 11b and the second wearing part 12b is adjusted, and includes a hollow inside, and the elastic member 50b The cable member 100b and the connection member 400b may pass through the inner hollow.
또한, 신축 부재(50b)는 등판 커버(64b)와 연결될 수 있다. 예를 들어, 신축 부재(50b)의 일단은 제1 착용부(11b)와 제2 착용부(12b) 중 어느 하나의 단부에 연결되고, 타단이 후술할 등판 커버(64b)에 형성된 슬릿(642b)에 연결될 수 있다. 다만, 본 발명의 사상이 이에 한정되는 것은 아니고, 신축 부재(50b)의 타단이 슬릿(642b)을 제외한 등판 커버(64b)의 다른 부분에 연결될 수도 있고, 백플레이트(62b)에 직접 연결될 수도 있다.In addition, the elastic member 50b may be connected to the back cover 64b. For example, one end of the elastic member 50b is connected to one end of the first wearing part 11b and the second wearing part 12b, and the other end is a slit 642b formed in the back cover 64b to be described later. ) Can be connected. However, the spirit of the present invention is not limited thereto, and the other end of the elastic member 50b may be connected to other parts of the back cover 64b except for the slit 642b, or may be directly connected to the backplate 62b. .
또한, 신축 부재(50b)는 표면에 하나 이상의 주름을 포함할 수 있으며, 더 나아가서는 벨로우즈(bellows) 형상으로 구비될 수 있고, 일 예로 형상 변형이 자유로운 섬유(fiber) 재질로 이루어질 수 있다. 이러한 신축 부재(50b)에 의해 케이블 부재(100b)가 외부로 노출되는 일이 없어서 케이블 부재(100b)에 의해 유아 등이 부상을 당하는 등의 문제가 방지될 수 있고, 유아용 캐리어(1b)의 외관이 미려해질 수 있다.In addition, the elastic member 50b may include one or more wrinkles on its surface, and further, may be provided in a bellows shape, and, for example, may be made of a fiber material having a free shape deformation. Since the cable member 100b is not exposed to the outside by the elastic member 50b, problems such as injury to an infant or the like can be prevented by the cable member 100b, and the appearance of the infant carrier 1b This can be beautiful.
등판(60b)은 유아용 캐리어(1b)가 사용자의 신체에 올바르게 착용되었을 때, 등판(60b)이 사용자의 힙의 상단에서 등에 밀착되어 사용자의 허리 부분을 지지할 수 있다. 또한, 등판(60b)은 신축 부재(50b)의 단부에 연결된다. 이러한 등판(60b)은 사용자의 허리를 지지하도록 소정의 강성을 갖는 재질로서 제공되는 백플레이트(62b) 및 백플레이트(62b)를 내부에 수용하여 커버하는 등판 커버(64b)를 포함할 수 있다. When the infant carrier 1b is properly worn on the user's body, the back plate 60b is in close contact with the back at the top of the user's hip to support the user's waist. Further, the back plate 60b is connected to the end of the elastic member 50b. The back plate 60b may include a back plate 62b provided as a material having a predetermined rigidity to support the user's waist and a back plate cover 64b receiving and covering the back plate 62b therein.
백플레이트(62b)는 일 예로 단단하면서도 가벼운 플라스틱 재질로 구비될 수 있으며, 하중을 줄이기 위해 표면 상에 복수의 홀들이 관통하여 형성될 수 있다. 또한, 백플레이트(62b)의 양 면 중 사용자의 신체가 맞닿을 면의 반대측 면에는 이동 부재(300b)가 구비될 수 있다. 이에 따라, 백플레이트(62b)의 양 면 중 사용자의 신체가 맞닿을 면의 반대측 면 상에는 이동 부재(300b) 및 케이블 부재(100b)의 일부가 배치되어 백플레이트(62b) 상에서 조절부(200b)의 회전 조작에 의해 케이블 부재(100b)와 이동 부재(300b)가 이동될 수 있다.The back plate 62b may be formed of a hard and light plastic material, for example, and may be formed through a plurality of holes on the surface to reduce the load. In addition, a moving member 300b may be provided on a surface of the back plate 62b opposite to the surface on which the user's body will abut. Accordingly, a part of the moving member 300b and the cable member 100b is disposed on the opposite side of the surface where the user's body will abut, among both surfaces of the back plate 62b, and the adjustment unit 200b on the back plate 62b The cable member 100b and the moving member 300b may be moved by the rotation operation of the.
한편, 백플레이트(62b)에는 이동 부재(300b)의 가이드 돌기(302b)가 삽입되는 가이드공(622b)이 형성될 수 있다. 도 19를 참조하면, 가이드공(622b)은 허리착용부재(10b)와 평행한 방향으로 연장 형성되는 제1 가이드공(6222), 제1 가이드공(6222)에 어긋나는 방향으로 연장 형성되는 제2 가이드공(6224) 및 제1 가이드공(6222)과 제2 가이드공(6224)에 어긋나는 방향으로 연장 형성되는 제3 가이드공(6226)을 포함할 수 있다. 또한, 제1 내지 제3 가이드공(6222, 6224, 6226)은 두 세트로 제공되어 백플레이트(62b)의 중심선에 대하여 대칭이 되도록 형성될 수 있다. 이때, 가이드 돌기(302b)는 제1 가이드공(6222), 제2 가이드공(6224) 및 제3 가이드공(6226) 중 어느 하나에 삽입될 수 있다.Meanwhile, a guide hole 622b into which the guide protrusion 302b of the moving member 300b is inserted may be formed in the back plate 62b. Referring to Figure 19, the guide hole (622b) is a first guide hole (6222) extending in a direction parallel to the waist wearing member (10b), a second extending in a direction deviating from the first guide hole (6222). It may include a guide hole 6224 and a third guide hole 6226 extending in a direction deviating from the first guide hole 6222 and the second guide hole 6224. In addition, the first to third guide holes 6222, 6224, 6226 may be provided in two sets to be formed to be symmetric with respect to the center line of the back plate 62b. In this case, the guide protrusion 302b may be inserted into any one of the first guide hole 6222, the second guide hole 6224, and the third guide hole 6226.
예를 들어, 제1 가이드공(6222)에 가이드 돌기(302b)가 삽입되는 경우, 조절부(200b)의 조작에 의해 케이블 부재(100b)가 조여져서 제1 착용부(11b)와 제2 착용부(12b) 사이 간격이 줄어드는 경우, 이동 부재(300b)는 제1 가이드공(6222)의 연장 방향을 따라 안내되어 허리착용부재(10b)와 평행한 방향으로 이동될 수 있다. 다시 말해서, 사용자가 유아용 캐리어(1b)를 착용하였을 때 사용자가 기립한 상태에서 지면과 평행한 방향으로 이동될 수 있다. For example, when the guide protrusion 302b is inserted into the first guide hole 6622, the cable member 100b is tightened by the operation of the adjusting part 200b, so that the first wearing part 11b and the second wearing When the distance between the parts 12b is reduced, the moving member 300b may be guided along the extension direction of the first guide hole 6222 and may be moved in a direction parallel to the waist wearing member 10b. In other words, when the user wears the infant carrier 1b, it can be moved in a direction parallel to the ground while the user is standing.
또한, 제2 가이드공(6224)은 도 19에 도시된 바와 같이 백플레이트(62b)의 중심으로부터 외곽으로 갈수록 상승하는 형상으로 형성될 수 있다. 이에 따라, 이동 부재(300b)가 제2 가이드공(6224)에 삽입된 경우, 케이블 부재(100b)가 조여지면 사용자가 유아용 캐리어(1b)를 착용하였을 때 사용자가 기립한 상태에서 이동 부재(300b)는 지면에 대하여 하강하게 될 수 있다.In addition, the second guide hole 6224 may be formed in a shape that rises from the center of the back plate 62b toward the outside as illustrated in FIG. 19. Accordingly, when the moving member 300b is inserted into the second guide hole 6224, when the cable member 100b is tightened, when the user wears the infant carrier 1b, the moving member 300b ) Can descend against the ground.
또한, 제3 가이드공(6226)은 백플레이트(62b)의 중심으로부터 외곽으로 갈수록 하강하는 형상으로 형성될 수 있다. 이에 따라, 이동 부재(300b)가 제3 가이드공(6226)에 삽입된 경우, 케이블 부재(100b)가 조여지면 사용자가 유아용 캐리어(1b)를 착용하였을 때 사용자가 기립한 상태에서 이동 부재(300b)는 지면에 대하여 상승하게 될 수 있다.In addition, the third guide hole 6226 may be formed in a shape that descends from the center of the back plate 62b toward the outside. Accordingly, when the moving member 300b is inserted into the third guide hole 6226, when the cable member 100b is tightened, when the user wears the infant carrier 1b, the moving member 300b ) Can be raised against the ground.
이와 같이, 제1 내지 제 3 가이드공(6222, 6224, 6226) 중 하나를 사용자가 편의에 따라 선택하여 가이드 돌기(302b)를 삽입할 수 있으므로, 유아용 캐리어(1b)의 사용에 있어서의 범용성이 커질 수 있다.In this way, since the user can select one of the first to third guide holes 6222, 6224, 6226 according to convenience and insert the guide protrusion 302b, versatility in the use of the infant carrier 1b It can grow.
등판 커버(64b)는 백플레이트(62b)와 함께 백플레이트(62b)의 일 면 상에 구비되는 케이블 부재(100b)와 이동 부재(300b)를 내부에 수용하여 커버하도록 구비될 수 있다. 또한, 신축 부재(50b)는 백플레이트(62b) 또는 등판 커버(64b)에 연결될 수 있으며, 등판 커버(64b)에는 제1 착용부(11b) 및 제2 착용부(12b) 중 적어도 하나의 단부로부터 연장되는 케이블 부재(100b)가 통과되는 슬릿(642b)이 형성될 수 있다. 슬릿(642b)은 등판 커버(64b)의 외부와 내부를 연통하도록 형성되는 장형의 틈으로서 형성될 수 있으며, 등판 커버(64b)가 섬유(fabric) 재질로 이루어질 경우에는 섬유 표면을 길게 찢은 형상으로서 구비될 수 있다. 이러한 슬릿(642b)은 등판 커버(64b)에 대하여 제1 착용부(11b)와 제2 착용부(12b)에 각각 대응되도록 두 개가 형성될 수 있다.The back plate cover 64b may be provided to accommodate and cover the cable member 100b and the moving member 300b provided on one side of the back plate 62b together with the back plate 62b. In addition, the elastic member 50b may be connected to the back plate 62b or the back cover 64b, and the back cover 64b includes at least one end of the first wearing part 11b and the second wearing part 12b A slit 642b through which the cable member 100b extending from is passed may be formed. The slit 642b may be formed as an elongated gap formed to communicate the outside and the inside of the back cover 64b, and when the back cover 64b is made of a fabric material, the fiber surface is torn long. It can be provided. Two such slits 642b may be formed to correspond to the first wearing portion 11b and the second wearing portion 12b with respect to the back cover 64b, respectively.
이러한 등판(60b) 구성으로 인해, 사용자가 유아용 캐리어(1b)를 이용하여 유아를 안을 때, 사용자의 허리를 등판(60b)이 지지하는 상태에서 조절부(200b)를 조작하여 케이블 부재(100b)를 조여서 등판(60b)이 사용자의 신체에 더욱 밀착되도록 함으로써, 사용자의 신체에 가해지는 유아의 체중이 효과적으로 분산되고, 사용자의 허리에 하중이 집중되는 것을 방지할 수 있게 된다. Due to this configuration of the back plate (60b), when the user holds the infant using the infant carrier (1b), the cable member (100b) by manipulating the adjustment unit (200b) while the back plate (60b) supports the user's waist By tightening the back plate 60b to more closely contact the user's body, the infant's weight applied to the user's body can be effectively distributed and the load can be prevented from being concentrated on the user's waist.
연결구(70b)는 허리착용부재(10b)가 사용자의 허리를 적어도 일부 감싼 상태에서 사용자의 허리에 안착될 수 있도록 선택적으로 체결될 수 있다. 이러한 연결구(70b)의 적어도 일부는 허리착용부재(10b)의 외측 둘레부에 제공될 수 있다. 또한, 연결구(70b)는 적어도 하나 이상의 타입으로 제공될 수 있다. 예를 들어, 연결구(70b)는 버클 타입의 제1 연결구(71b) 및 벨크로 타입의 제2 연결구(72b)를 포함할 수 있다. 연결구(70b)는 제1 착용부(11b) 및 제2 착용부(12b) 간의 체결수단으로서 제공되고, 허리착용부재(10b)가 사용자의 허리를 감쌌을 때 그 양 단부가 서로 연결되도록 구성될 수 있다. The connector 70b may be selectively fastened so that the waist wearing member 10b can be seated on the user's waist while at least partially covering the user's waist. At least a portion of the connector 70b may be provided on the outer periphery of the waist wearing member 10b. In addition, the connector 70b may be provided in at least one or more types. For example, the connector 70b may include a buckle-type first connector 71b and a Velcro-type second connector 72b. The connector (70b) is provided as a fastening means between the first wearing portion (11b) and the second wearing portion (12b), and when the waist wearing member (10b) wraps the user's waist, both ends thereof are configured to be connected to each other. I can.
이하에서는 도 20 및 도 21을 더 참조하여 상술한 바와 같은 구성을 갖는 유아용 캐리어(1b)의 작용 및 효과에 대하여 설명한다. Hereinafter, the action and effect of the infant carrier 1b having the above-described configuration will be described with reference to FIGS. 20 and 21 further.
우선, 사용자는 유아용 캐리어(1b)를 자신의 신체에 밀착한 후 연결구(70b)를 체결시켜 허리착용부재(10b)를 자신의 허리에 안착시킬 수 있다. 허리착용부재(10b)가 일정 수준 이상으로 사용자의 허리에 밀착될 때 사용자의 허리에 가해지는 하중이 경감되고 사용자가 허리의 편안함을 느낄 수 있다. 이를 위해, 사용자는 조임유닛(40b)을 조작하여 허리착용부재(10b)의 전체 길이를 줄임으로써 허리착용부재(10b) 및 등판(60b)을 사용자의 신체에 더욱 밀착시킬 수 있다. First, the user can put the infant carrier 1b in close contact with his or her body and then fasten the connector 70b to seat the waist wearing member 10b on his/her waist. When the waist wearing member 10b is in close contact with the user's waist over a certain level, the load applied to the user's waist is reduced, and the user can feel the comfort of the waist. To this end, the user can reduce the overall length of the waist wearing member 10b by manipulating the tightening unit 40b so that the waist wearing member 10b and the back plate 60b can be brought into close contact with the user's body.
다시 말해서, 사용자는 조절부(200b)를 잠금상태에 놓고 일 방향으로 회전시킴으로써 조절부(200b)에 연결된 케이블 부재(100b)가 조절부(200b) 내에 권취되도록 할 수 있다. 케이블 부재(100b)가 조절부(200b) 내에 권취되면, 제1 착용부(11b)와 제2 착용부(12b) 사이에서의 케이블 부재(100b)의 길이가 도 21에 도시된 바와 같이 감소하여 제1 착용부(11b)와 제2 착용부(12b) 사이의 거리가 가까워지게 되고, 신축 부재(50b)의 길이는 줄어들게 된다. In other words, the user may rotate the adjusting part 200b in a locked state and rotate it in one direction so that the cable member 100b connected to the adjusting part 200b is wound in the adjusting part 200b. When the cable member 100b is wound in the adjusting part 200b, the length of the cable member 100b between the first wearing part 11b and the second wearing part 12b decreases as shown in FIG. The distance between the first wearing portion 11b and the second wearing portion 12b becomes close, and the length of the elastic member 50b is reduced.
이와 같이, 사용자는 조절부(200b)를 회전 조작하는 것만으로 제1 착용부(11b)와 제2 착용부(12b) 사이의 거리를 줄임으로써 허리착용부재(10b)의 전체 길이가 줄어들도록 함으로써, 허리착용부재(10b)가 사용자의 허리에 더욱 밀착되도록 할 수 있다. 따라서, 사용자는 적은 노력만으로도 허리착용부재(10b)의 전체 길이를 쉽게 조절할 수 있으며, 보다 정밀하게 허리착용부재(10b)의 전체 길이를 조절할 수 있다. 이렇게 허리착용부재(10b)의 길이 조절이 완료되면, 사용자는 힙시트(20b) 및/또는 아기띠(30b)에 유아를 안착시킬 수 있다. In this way, the user can reduce the distance between the first wearing part 11b and the second wearing part 12b by simply rotating the adjustment part 200b, thereby reducing the overall length of the waist wearing member 10b. , It is possible to make the waist wearing member (10b) more close to the user's waist. Therefore, the user can easily adjust the overall length of the waist wearing member 10b with little effort, and more precisely, the overall length of the waist wearing member 10b. When the length adjustment of the waist wearing member 10b is completed, the user can seat the infant on the hip seat 20b and/or the baby carrier 30b.
한편, 사용자는 유아용 캐리어(1b)를 벗을 때는 조임유닛(40b)과 연결구(70b)를 조작하여 허리착용부재(10b)를 자신의 허리로부터 탈거할 수 있다. 이를 위해, 사용자는 조임유닛(40b)의 조절부(200b)의 잠금상태를 해제하고, 조절부(200b)를 회전시키거나 제1 착용부(11b)와 제2 착용부(12b)를 서로 멀어지도록 당김으로써 조절부(200b)에 연결된 케이블 부재(100b)를 느슨하게 풀 수 있다. 조절부(200b)의 내부에 권취되어 있던 케이블 부재(100b)가 풀리면 제1 착용부(11b)와 제2 착용부(12b) 사이의 간격이 멀어지고 허리착용부재(10b)의 전체 길이가 늘어날 수 있다. 이후, 사용자는 연결구(70b)의 체결을 해제하여 허리착용부재(10b)를 신체로부터 탈거할 수 있다. On the other hand, when taking off the infant carrier (1b), the user can remove the waist wearing member (10b) from the waist by operating the tightening unit (40b) and the connector (70b). To this end, the user unlocks the adjustment unit 200b of the tightening unit 40b, rotates the adjustment unit 200b, or moves the first wearing unit 11b and the second wearing unit 12b away from each other. By pulling so that it is possible to loosen the cable member (100b) connected to the adjustment unit (200b). When the cable member 100b wound inside the adjustment part 200b is released, the gap between the first wearing part 11b and the second wearing part 12b increases, and the overall length of the waist wearing member 10b increases. I can. Thereafter, the user can release the fastening of the connector 70b to remove the waist wearing member 10b from the body.
한편, 상술한 제5 실시예의 제1 변형예에 따른 유아용 캐리어가 도 22에 도시된다. 이하, 본 발명의 제5 실시예의 제1 변형예에 대하여 도 22을 참조하여 설명한다. 본 변형예를 설명함에 있어서, 본 실시예는 제1 착용부와 제2 착용부 중 어느 하나를 등판에 위치 고정되도록 연결하는 고정 부재가 추가로 구비된다는 점에서 상술한 제5 실시예와 차이가 있으므로, 이러한 차이점을 중심으로 설명하며, 동일한 부분은 제5 실시예에 관한 설명을 원용하도록 한다.On the other hand, a carrier for infants according to the first modified example of the fifth embodiment described above is shown in FIG. 22. Hereinafter, a first modified example of the fifth embodiment of the present invention will be described with reference to FIG. 22. In describing this modified example, the present embodiment differs from the above-described fifth embodiment in that a fixing member for connecting any one of the first wearing part and the second wearing part to the back plate is additionally provided. Therefore, the description will focus on these differences, and the same parts will refer to the description of the fifth embodiment.
도 22을 참조하면, 제1 변형예에 따른 유아용 캐리어의 제1 착용부(11b)는 신축 부재(50b)를 통해 등판(60b)과 연결되고, 연결 부재(400b)를 통해 이동 부재(300b)와 연결되며, 제2 착용부(12b)는 고정 부재(14b)를 통해 등판(60b)에 연결될 수 있다. 다만, 본 발명의 사상이 이에 한정되는 것은 아니고, 제2 착용부(12b)가 신축 부재(50b)를 통해 등판(60b)과 연결됨과 동시에 연결 부재(400b)를 통해 이동 부재(300b)와 연결되고, 제1 착용부(11b)는 고정 부재(14b)를 통해 등판(60b)에 연결되도록 구성되는 것도 가능하다. 이러한 고정 부재(14b)는 제2 착용부(12b)(또는 제1 착용부(11b))의 폭 이상의 폭을 가질 수 있으며, 제2 착용부(12b)(또는 제1 착용부(11b))의 단부에 연결되고 일 면이 등판(60b)의 백플레이트(62b) 또는 등판 커버(64b)에 고정될 수 있다. Referring to FIG. 22, the first wearing part 11b of the infant carrier according to the first modified example is connected to the back plate 60b through an elastic member 50b, and a moving member 300b through the connection member 400b. Is connected to, and the second wearing part 12b may be connected to the back plate 60b through the fixing member 14b. However, the spirit of the present invention is not limited thereto, and the second wearing part 12b is connected to the back plate 60b through the elastic member 50b and at the same time connected to the moving member 300b through the connection member 400b. In addition, the first wearing part 11b may be configured to be connected to the back plate 60b through the fixing member 14b. The fixing member 14b may have a width greater than or equal to the width of the second wearing part 12b (or the first wearing part 11b), and the second wearing part 12b (or the first wearing part 11b) It is connected to the end of the back plate (60b) may be fixed to the back plate (62b) or the back cover (64b).
이때, 고정 부재(14b)가 백플레이트(62b)에 고정되는 경우에는 제2 착용부(또는 제1 착용부(11b))가 등판 커버(64b)에 형성된 복수의 슬릿(642b) 중 하나를 통과하도록 배치되고, 제1 착용부(11b)(또는 제2 착용부(12b))의 단부로부터 연장되는 케이블 부재(100b) 및 연결 부재(400b)가 복수의 슬릿(642b) 중 다른 하나를 통과할 수 있다. 다만, 이는 일 예에 불과하고, 등판 커버(64b)에 단일의 슬릿(642b)이 형성되고, 단일의 슬릿(642b)을 케이블 부재(100b), 연결 부재(400b) 및 제2 착용부(또는 제1 착용부(11b))가 통과되도록 배치되는 것도 가능하다.At this time, when the fixing member 14b is fixed to the back plate 62b, the second wearing part (or the first wearing part 11b) passes through one of the plurality of slits 642b formed in the back cover 64b. The cable member 100b and the connection member 400b extending from the end of the first wearing part 11b (or the second wearing part 12b) are arranged to pass through the other one of the plurality of slits 642b. I can. However, this is only an example, and a single slit 642b is formed in the back cover 64b, and a single slit 642b is used as a cable member 100b, a connection member 400b, and a second wearing part (or It is also possible to be disposed so that the first wearing portion (11b)) passes.
또한, 제2 착용부(또는 제1 착용부(11b)) 상에는 케이블 부재(100b)를 안내하는 케이블 연장 가이드(44b)가 제공될 수 있으며, 케이블 연장 가이드(44b)로 케이블 부재(100b)가 통과할 수 있도록 형성될 수 있다. 또한, 케이블 연장 가이드(44b)는 케이블 부재(100b)가 지나가는 도중에 배치되어 케이블 부재(100b)의 연장 방향을 따라 길게 형성됨으로써, 조절부(200b)로부터 등판(60b)을 향하여 연장되는 케이블 부재(100b)의 이동 경로를 안내할 수 있다. In addition, a cable extension guide 44b for guiding the cable member 100b may be provided on the second wearing part (or the first wearing part 11b), and the cable member 100b is provided as the cable extension guide 44b. It can be formed to pass through. In addition, the cable extension guide 44b is disposed in the middle of the passage of the cable member 100b and is formed to be elongated along the extension direction of the cable member 100b, so that the cable member extending from the adjusting part 200b toward the back plate 60b ( You can guide the movement path of 100b).
본 변형예에 따르면, 조절부(200b)의 회전 조작시 제2 착용부(또는 제1 착용부(11b))는 등판(60b)에 대하여 상대적으로 위치가 고정되고, 제1 착용부(또는 제2 착용부(12b))만 등판(60b)에 대하여 가까워지거나 멀어지는 방향으로 이동하게 된다. 이에 따라, 등판(60b)의 양 쪽에 연결된 부재의 길이가 동시에 가변됨에 따라 제1 및 제2 착용부(11b, 12b)가 불규칙하게 이동하는 것을 방지하고, 예측 가능하고 단순한 움직임만으로 허리착용부재(10b)의 전체 길이를 조절할 수 있다는 장점이 있다.According to this modified example, when the adjustment unit 200b is rotated, the second wearing unit (or the first wearing unit 11b) is fixed in position relative to the back plate 60b, and the first wearing unit (or the first wearing unit 11b) is 2 Only the wearing part (12b)) is moved in a direction that is closer to or away from the back plate (60b). Accordingly, as the lengths of the members connected to both sides of the back plate 60b are simultaneously varied, the first and second wearing parts 11b and 12b are prevented from moving irregularly, and the waist wearing members ( There is an advantage that the overall length of 10b) can be adjusted.
한편, 상술한 제5 실시예의 제2 변형예에 따른 유아용 캐리어가 도 23에 도시된다. 이하, 5 실시예의 제2 변형예에 대하여 도 23을 참조하여 설명한다. 본 변형예를 설명함에 있어서, 본 변형예는 제1 착용부 및 제2 착용부 모두에 대하여 이동 부재가 구비되지만, 이 중 적어도 하나의 이동 부재는 연결 부재를 통하지 않고 제1 및/또는 제2 착용부에 직접 연결된다는 점에서 상술한 제5 실시예와 차이가 있으므로, 이러한 차이점을 중심으로 설명하며, 동일한 부분은 제5 실시예에 관한 설명을 원용하도록 한다.On the other hand, the carrier for infants according to the second modified example of the fifth embodiment described above is shown in FIG. 23. Hereinafter, a second modified example of the fifth embodiment will be described with reference to FIG. 23. In describing this modified example, in this modified example, a moving member is provided for both the first wearing part and the second wearing part, but at least one of the moving members is the first and/or second Since there is a difference from the above-described fifth embodiment in that it is directly connected to the wearing part, this difference will be mainly described, and the same part will be referred to the description of the fifth embodiment.
도 23을 참조하면, 본 변형예에 따른 유아용 캐리어의 제1 착용부(11b)는 신축 부재(50b)를 통해 등판(60b)과 연결되고, 연결 부재(400b)를 통해 이동 부재(300b)와 연결되며, 제2 착용부(12b)는 이동 부재(300'b)와 직접 연결되도록 구비될 수 있다. 다시 말해서, 제2 착용부(12b)에 대하여는 연결 부재(400b)가 생략된 채로, 제2 착용부(12b)의 단부에 이동 부재(300b)가 직접적으로 연결되어 상호 고정될 수 있다. 다만, 본 발명의 사상이 이에 한정되는 것은 아니고, 제2 착용부(12b)가 신축 부재(50b)를 통해 등판(60b)과 연결됨과 동시에 연결 부재(400b)를 통해 이동 부재(300b)와 연결되고, 제1 착용부(11b)는 이동 부재(300'b)와 직접 연결되도록 구성되는 것도 가능하다. Referring to FIG. 23, the first wearing part 11b of the infant carrier according to this modified example is connected to the back plate 60b through the elastic member 50b, and the moving member 300b through the connection member 400b. It is connected, and the second wearing part 12b may be provided to be directly connected to the moving member 300'b. In other words, with respect to the second wearing portion 12b, the connecting member 400b may be omitted, and the moving member 300b may be directly connected to the end of the second wearing portion 12b to be fixed to each other. However, the spirit of the present invention is not limited thereto, and the second wearing part 12b is connected to the back plate 60b through the elastic member 50b and at the same time connected to the moving member 300b through the connection member 400b. In addition, the first wearing part 11b may be configured to be directly connected to the moving member 300'b.
이때, 제2 착용부(또는 제1 착용부(11b))가 등판 커버(64b)에 형성된 복수의 슬릿(642b) 중 하나를 통과하여 이동 부재(300'b)와 연결되도록 배치되고, 제1 착용부(11b)(또는 제2 착용부(12b))의 단부로부터 연장되는 케이블 부재(100b) 및 연결 부재(400b)가 복수의 슬릿(642b) 중 다른 하나를 통과할 수 있다. 다만, 이는 일 예에 불과하고, 등판 커버(64b)에 단일의 슬릿(642b)이 형성되고, 단일의 슬릿(642b)을 케이블 부재(100b), 연결 부재(400b) 및 제2 착용부(또는 제1 착용부(11b))가 통과되도록 배치되는 것도 가능하다. 또한, 이 경우 제2 착용부(또는 제1 착용부(11b)) 상에는 전술한 케이블 연장 가이드(44b)가 구비될 수 있다. At this time, the second wearing portion (or the first wearing portion 11b) is disposed to pass through one of the plurality of slits 642b formed in the back cover 64b to be connected to the moving member 300'b, and the first The cable member 100b and the connection member 400b extending from the end of the wearing part 11b (or the second wearing part 12b) may pass through the other one of the plurality of slits 642b. However, this is only an example, and a single slit 642b is formed in the back cover 64b, and a single slit 642b is used as a cable member 100b, a connection member 400b, and a second wearing part (or It is also possible to be disposed so that the first wearing portion (11b)) passes. Further, in this case, the aforementioned cable extension guide 44b may be provided on the second wearing part (or the first wearing part 11b).
한편, 상술한 제5 실시예의 제3 변형예에 따른 유아용 캐리어가 도 24에 도시된다. 이하, 제5 실시예의 제3 변형예에 대하여 도 24를 참조하여 설명한다. 본 변형예를 설명함에 있어서, 본 변형예는 제1 착용부와 제2 착용부 중 어느 하나를 등판에 위치 고정되도록 연결하는 고정 부재가 추가로 구비되고, 제1 착용부와 제2 착용부 중 다른 하나는 이동 부재와 직접적으로 연결된다는 점에서 상술한 제5 실시예와 차이가 있으므로, 이러한 차이점을 중심으로 설명하며, 동일한 부분은 제5 실시예에 관한 설명을 원용하도록 한다.Meanwhile, a carrier for infants according to a third modified example of the fifth embodiment described above is shown in FIG. 24. Hereinafter, a third modified example of the fifth embodiment will be described with reference to FIG. 24. In describing this modified example, in this modified example, a fixing member for connecting any one of the first wearing part and the second wearing part to the back plate is additionally provided, and among the first wearing part and the second wearing part The other is different from the fifth embodiment described above in that it is directly connected to the movable member, so the description will focus on these differences, and the description of the fifth embodiment will be used for the same part.
도 24를 참조하면, 본 변형예에 따른 유아용 캐리어의 제1 착용부(11b)는 연결 부재(400b)가 생략된 채로 이동 부재(300'b)와 직접 연결되어 상호 고정되도록 구비되고, 제2 착용부(12b)는 전술한 제1 변형예에서 설명된 고정 부재(14b)를 통해 등판(60b)에 연결될 수 있다. 다만, 본 발명의 사상이 이에 한정되는 것은 아니고, 제2 착용부(12b)가 이동 부재(300'b)와 직접 연결되어 상호 고정되도록 구비되고, 제1 착용부(11b)는 고정 부재(14b)를 통해 등판(60b)에 연결되도록 구성되는 것도 가능하다. Referring to FIG. 24, the first wearing part 11b of the infant carrier according to the present modified example is provided to be directly connected to the moving member 300'b and fixed to each other with the connection member 400b omitted, and the second The wearing part 12b may be connected to the back plate 60b through the fixing member 14b described in the above-described first modified example. However, the spirit of the present invention is not limited thereto, and the second wearing portion 12b is provided to be directly connected to the moving member 300'b and fixed to each other, and the first wearing portion 11b is a fixing member 14b It is also possible to be configured to be connected to the back plate (60b) through.
이하, 본 발명의 제6 실시예에 따른 유아용 캐리어의 구체적인 구성에 대하여 설명한다. Hereinafter, a specific configuration of an infant carrier according to a sixth embodiment of the present invention will be described.
먼저, 도 25을 참조하면, 본 발명의 제6 실시예에 따른 유아용 캐리어(1c)는 유아를 이동시키기 위해 사용될 수 있다. 이때, 사용자는 유아용 캐리어(1c)를 신체에 착용한 상태에서 유아용 캐리어(1c)에 유아를 안착시켜서 지지한 상태로 움직일 수 있다. 이러한 유아용 캐리어(1c)는 허리착용부재(10c), 힙시트(20c), 아기띠(30c), 조임유닛(40c), 신축 부재(50c), 등판(60c) 및 연결구(70c)를 포함할 수 있다. First, referring to FIG. 25, an infant carrier 1c according to a sixth embodiment of the present invention may be used to move an infant. At this time, the user may move the infant by seating and supporting the infant in the infant carrier 1c while wearing the infant carrier 1c on the body. The infant carrier (1c) includes a waist wearing member (10c), a hip seat (20c), a baby belt (30c), a tightening unit (40c), an elastic member (50c), a back plate (60c) and a connector (70c). I can.
허리착용부재(10c)는 사용자가 유아용 캐리어(1c)를 착용하였을 때, 사용자의 허리의 전부 또는 일부를 감싸도록 형성될 수 있다. 이러한 허리착용부재(10c)는 후술하는 케이블 부재(100c)에 의해 서로 연결되는 제1 착용부(11c) 및 제2 착용부(12c)를 포함할 수 있다. 또한, 허리착용부재(10c)는 사용자의 허리에 지지된 상태에서 사용자의 허리에 체결될 수 있도록 구성될 수 있다. 또한, 제1 착용부(11c)와 제2 착용부(12c) 사이의 간격이 조임유닛(40c)에 의해 조절됨에 따라 허리착용부재(10c)의 전체 길이가 조절될 수 있다. 여기서 허리착용부재(10c)의 전체 길이는 제1 착용부(11c)와 제2 착용부(12c)의 길이와 제1 착용부(11c)와 제2 착용부(12c) 사이의 간격으로서 케이블 부재(100c)에 의해 연결된 부분의 길이도 포함하는 개념으로 이해될 수 있으며, 더 나아가서는 사용자가 유아용 캐리어(1c)를 착용하였을 때 허리착용부재(10c)가 사용자의 허리를 감싸는 둘레 길이로 이해될 수 있다. 또한, 허리착용부재(10c)는 힙시트(20c)의 양측으로 연장하도록 형성될 수 있으며, 양측에 단부를 가지는 띠 형상으로 제공될 수 있다. When the user wears the infant carrier 1c, the waist wearing member 10c may be formed to cover all or part of the user's waist. The waist wearing member 10c may include a first wearing part 11c and a second wearing part 12c connected to each other by a cable member 100c to be described later. In addition, the waist wearing member 10c may be configured to be fastened to the user's waist while being supported by the user's waist. In addition, as the distance between the first wearing portion 11c and the second wearing portion 12c is adjusted by the tightening unit 40c, the overall length of the waist wearing member 10c may be adjusted. Here, the total length of the waist wearing member 10c is the length of the first wearing part 11c and the second wearing part 12c, and the distance between the first wearing part 11c and the second wearing part 12c, and the cable member It can be understood as a concept including the length of the part connected by (100c), and furthermore, when the user wears the infant carrier (1c), the waist wearing member (10c) can be understood as the circumferential length surrounding the user's waist. I can. In addition, the waist wearing member 10c may be formed to extend to both sides of the hip sheet 20c, and may be provided in a belt shape having ends on both sides.
힙시트(20c)는 유아의 엉덩이를 받침으로써 유아의 하중을 지지할 수 있다. 이러한 힙시트(20c)는 허리착용부재(10c)에 연결될 수 있으며, 일측에 허리착용부재(10c)의 제1 착용부(11c)의 단부가 연결되고, 타측에 허리착용부재(10c)의 제2 착용부(12c)의 단부가 연결될 수 있다. 또한, 힙시트(20c)는 그 형상을 견고하게 유지하기 위한 폼(foam) 및 이러한 폼을 커버하는 패브릭을 포함할 수 있으며, 힙시트(20c)의 상측에는 유아의 엉덩이가 안착되었을 때 푹신한 느낌을 제공하는 시트부재가 제공될 수 있다. 시트부재는 일 예로 스티로폼과 같은 재질로 구성될 수 있다. The hip seat 20c may support the infant's load by supporting the infant's buttocks. This hip sheet (20c) may be connected to the waist wearing member (10c), the end of the first wearing portion (11c) of the waist wearing member (10c) is connected to one side, and the other side of the waist wearing member (10c). 2 The end of the wearing part 12c may be connected. In addition, the hip sheet 20c may include a foam for maintaining its shape and a fabric covering the foam, and a fluffy feeling when the infant's buttocks are seated on the upper side of the hip sheet 20c A sheet member providing a can be provided. The sheet member may be made of a material such as styrofoam, for example.
또한, 힙시트(20c)는 측면에서 보았을 때 하면은 완만하게 굴곡진 형상으로 형성될 수 있고, 그 상면은 사용자가 힙시트(20c)를 착용하였을 때 사용자로부터 멀어지는 방향으로 점점 높아지도록 경사지는 형상을 가질 수 있다. 이로써 유아가 힙시트(20c) 상에 안착되었을 때 유아의 상반신이 사용자의 신체 쪽으로 기울어져서 유아에게 안락함과 안정감을 제공할 수 있다. In addition, when viewed from the side, the hip sheet 20c may be formed in a gently curved shape, and the upper surface is inclined so as to gradually increase in a direction away from the user when the user wears the hip sheet 20c. Can have Accordingly, when the infant is seated on the hip seat 20c, the infant's upper body is tilted toward the user's body, thereby providing comfort and stability to the infant.
아기띠(30c)는 유아의 신체를 받치도록 제공될 수 있다. 이러한 아기띠(30c)는 유아의 등 또는 엉덩이를 받치는 지지부(31c) 및 이러한 지지부(31c)와 연결되어 사용자의 어깨에 견착되는 어깨끈(32c)을 포함할 수 있다. 이때, 어깨끈(32c)은 길이 조절 가능한 스트랩을 포함할 수 있다. The baby carrier 30c may be provided to support the infant's body. The baby carrier (30c) may include a support portion (31c) for supporting the back or buttocks of an infant, and a shoulder strap (32c) that is connected to the support portion (31c) and is attached to the user's shoulder. In this case, the shoulder strap 32c may include a length adjustable strap.
한편, 본 실시예에서는 아기띠(30c)가 힙시트(20c)에 연결되고, 힙시트(20c)가 허리착용부재(10c)에 연결되는 것으로 도시하였으나, 경우에 따라서는 힙시트(20c) 및 아기띠(30c) 중 어느 하나가 선택적으로 탈거 가능하게 구성되거나 어느 하나가 생략될 수도 있다. 또한, 힙시트(20c)가 생략될 경우 아기띠(30c)가 허리착용부재(10c)에 연결되어 아기띠(30c)가 유아의 엉덩이와 등을 지지할 수 있고, 아기띠(30c)가 생략될 경우 아기띠(30c) 없이 힙시트(20c)에 유아의 엉덩이가 안착될 수 있다. On the other hand, in this embodiment, the baby carrier 30c is connected to the hip sheet 20c, and the hip sheet 20c is shown to be connected to the waist wearing member 10c, but in some cases, the hip sheet 20c and Any one of the baby carriers 30c may be configured to be selectively removed, or any one may be omitted. In addition, if the hip seat (20c) is omitted, the baby carrier (30c) is connected to the waist wearing member (10c) so that the baby carrier (30c) can support the hips and back of the infant, and the baby carrier (30c) is omitted. If so, the infant's buttocks may be seated on the hip seat 20c without the baby carrier 30c.
도 26 및 도 27을 참조하면, 조임유닛(40c)은 허리착용부재(10c)의 전체 길이를 조절하도록 제공될 수 있다. 또한, 이러한 허리착용부재(10c)의 길이 조절은 사용자가 유아용 캐리어(1c)를 착용한 상태에서 조임유닛(40c)을 조작함으로써 이루어질 수 있다. 이러한 조임유닛(40c)은 케이블 부재(100c), 조절부(200c), 가이드부(300c) 및 이동 부재(400c)를 포함할 수 있다. Referring to FIGS. 26 and 27, the tightening unit 40c may be provided to adjust the overall length of the waist wearing member 10c. In addition, the length adjustment of the waist wearing member 10c may be performed by operating the tightening unit 40c while the user is wearing the infant carrier 1c. The tightening unit 40c may include a cable member 100c, an adjustment part 200c, a guide part 300c, and a moving member 400c.
케이블 부재(100c)는 양 단이 조절부(200c)에 연결될 수 있으며, 조절부(200c)가 회전함으로써 조절부(200c) 내에 권취될 수 있다. 또한, 케이블 부재(100c)는 허리착용부재(10c)의 내부에 수용되어 외부로 드러나지 않도록 구비될 수 있으며, 제1 착용부(11c)와 제2 착용부(12c)의 사이에서 일부만이 노출되도록 구비될 수 있다. 다만, 이렇게 케이블 부재(100c) 중 외부에 노출되는 부분은 후술할 신축 부재(400c) 및 등판 커버(64c)에 의해 커버될 수 있다. 이러한 케이블 부재(100c)는 와이어로서 제공될 수 있다. 또한, 제1 착용부(11c)(또는 제2 착용부(12c)c)에는 케이블 부재(100c)의 연장 방향을 180도 전환시키는 케이블 전환 가이드(42c)가 제공될 수 있으며, 케이블 전환 가이드(42c)는 일 예로 반원형으로 구비될 수 있다. 제2 착용부(또는 제1 착용부(11)) 상에는 케이블 부재(100c)를 안내하는 케이블 연장 가이드(44c)가 제공될 수 있으며, 케이블 연장 가이드(44c)로 케이블 부재(100c)가 통과할 수 있도록 형성될 수 있다. 또한, 케이블 연장 가이드(44c)는 케이블 부재(100c)가 지나가는 도중에 배치되어 케이블 부재(100c)의 연장 방향을 따라 길게 형성됨으로써, 조절부(200c)로부터 등판(60c)을 향하여 연장되는 케이블 부재(100c)의 이동 경로를 안내할 수 있다. Both ends of the cable member 100c may be connected to the adjusting part 200c, and may be wound in the adjusting part 200c by rotating the adjusting part 200c. In addition, the cable member (100c) may be provided so as to be accommodated in the waist wearing member (10c) so as not to be exposed to the outside, so that only a portion between the first wearing portion (11c) and the second wearing portion (12c) is exposed. It can be provided. However, the portion of the cable member 100c exposed to the outside may be covered by an elastic member 400c and a back cover 64c to be described later. This cable member 100c may be provided as a wire. In addition, the first wearing portion 11c (or the second wearing portion 12c)c may be provided with a cable switching guide 42c for changing the extension direction of the cable member 100c by 180 degrees, and the cable switching guide ( 42c) may be provided in a semicircular shape, for example. A cable extension guide 44c for guiding the cable member 100c may be provided on the second wearing part (or the first wearing part 11), and the cable member 100c may pass through the cable extension guide 44c. It can be formed to be able to. In addition, the cable extension guide 44c is disposed in the middle of the cable member 100c and is formed to be elongated along the extension direction of the cable member 100c, so that the cable member extending from the adjusting portion 200c toward the back plate 60c ( 100c) movement route can be guided.
조절부(200c)는 회전에 의해 내부에서 케이블 부재(100c)를 감거나 풀음으로써 허리착용부재(10c)의 전체 길이를 조절하도록 제공될 수 있다. 이러한 조절부(200c)는 허리착용부재(10c)의 외측 둘레면에 배치될 수 있으며, 본 실시예에서는 조절부(200c)가 제2 착용부(12c)에 제공되는 경우를 예로 들어 설명하나, 조절부(200c)는 제1 착용부(11c) 또는 제2 착용부(12c)에 제공될 수 있다. 또한, 사용자가 유아용 캐리어(1c)를 착용한 상태에서도 조절부(200c)를 조작함에 따라 허리착용부재(10c)의 전체 길이가 조절될 수 있다. 일 예로, 조절부(200c)는 일 방향(예를 들어, 시계 방향)으로 회전됨으로써 내부에 케이블 부재(100c)가 권취되고, 타 방향(예를 들어, 반시계 방향)으로 회전됨으로써 케이블 부재(100c)가 풀릴 수 있도록 구성될 수 있다. 다만, 이는 일 예에 불과하고, 본 발명의 사상이 상술한 바와 같은 조절부(200c)의 구성에 의해 한정되는 것은 아니다. The adjusting part 200c may be provided to adjust the overall length of the waist wearing member 10c by winding or unwinding the cable member 100c from the inside by rotation. Such an adjustment part 200c may be disposed on the outer circumferential surface of the waist wearing member 10c, and in this embodiment, a case where the adjustment part 200c is provided on the second wearing part 12c is described as an example, The adjusting part 200c may be provided on the first wearing part 11c or the second wearing part 12c. In addition, the overall length of the waist wearing member 10c may be adjusted as the user manipulates the adjustment unit 200c even when wearing the infant carrier 1c. As an example, the adjusting part 200c is rotated in one direction (eg, clockwise) so that the cable member 100c is wound therein, and by rotating in the other direction (eg, counterclockwise), the cable member ( 100c) can be configured to be released. However, this is only an example, and the spirit of the present invention is not limited by the configuration of the adjustment unit 200c as described above.
예를 들어, 조절부(200c)는, 조절부(200c)가 타 방향으로 회전하는 것을 선택적으로 제한할 수 있는 스토퍼(미도시)를 내부에 추가로 구비할 수 있으며, 스토퍼에 의해 잠금상태에 놓일 수 있다. 예를 들어, 스토퍼는 조절부(200c)가 잠금상태일 때 서로 맞물리는 홈과 돌기를 포함할 수 있다. 이에 따라, 조절부(200c)가 잠금상태일 때, 허리착용부재(10c)의 전체 길이를 줄이기 위한 일 방향으로의 회전은 허용되되, 허리착용부재(10c)의 전체 길이를 늘이기 위한 타 방향으로의 회전은 스토퍼에 의해 제한될 수 있다. 이러한 스토퍼에 의해 잠금상태에서 조절부(200c)가 임의로 회전되어 케이블 부재(100c)의 권취된 상태가 의도치 않게 풀어지는 것이 방지될 수 있다. For example, the adjustment unit 200c may further include a stopper (not shown) that can selectively limit the rotation of the adjustment unit 200c in another direction, and is locked by the stopper. Can be set. For example, the stopper may include grooves and protrusions that engage with each other when the adjustment unit 200c is in a locked state. Accordingly, when the adjustment unit 200c is in the locked state, rotation in one direction to reduce the overall length of the waist wearing member 10c is allowed, but in the other direction to increase the overall length of the waist wearing member 10c. The rotation of can be limited by the stopper. By such a stopper, the adjusting portion 200c is arbitrarily rotated in the locked state, so that the wound state of the cable member 100c can be prevented from being unintentionally released.
이러한 조절부(200c)는 허리착용부재(10c)로부터 멀어지는 방향을 향해 선택적으로 이동 가능한 캡(미도시)을 더 포함할 수 있다. 이러한 조절부(200c)의 캡이 허리착용부재(10c)로부터 멀어지는 방향으로 이동되었을 때 조절부(200c)의 일 방향 회전(케이블 부재(100c)가 조절부(200c)에 권취되는 방향)만이 가능한 잠금 상태에 놓일 수 있고, 조절부(200c)의 캡이 허리착용부재(10c)에 가까워지는 방향으로 이동되었을 때 조절부(200c)의 잠금 상태가 해제될 수 있다. 다만, 이는 일 예에 불과하고, 조절부(200c)의 캡이 허리착용부재(10c)에 가까워지는 방향으로 이동되었을 때 조절부(200c)의 일 방향 회전만이 가능한 잠금 상태에 놓이고, 조절부(200c)의 캡이 허리착용부재(10c)로부터 멀어지는 방향으로 이동되었을 때 조절부(200c)의 잠금 상태가 해제되도록 구비되는 것도 가능하다.The adjustment unit 200c may further include a cap (not shown) that is selectively movable toward a direction away from the waist wearing member 10c. When the cap of the adjusting part 200c is moved in a direction away from the waist wearing member 10c, only one direction rotation of the adjusting part 200c (the direction in which the cable member 100c is wound around the adjusting part 200c) is possible. The locked state may be placed, and the locked state of the adjusting part 200c may be released when the cap of the adjusting part 200c is moved in a direction closer to the waist wearing member 10c. However, this is only an example, and when the cap of the adjustment unit 200c is moved in a direction closer to the waist wearing member 10c, the adjustment unit 200c is placed in a locked state in which only one direction rotation is possible. When the cap of the part 200c is moved in a direction away from the waist wearing member 10c, it may be provided so that the locked state of the adjusting part 200c is released.
사용자는 허리착용부재(10c)의 전체 길이를 줄이고자 할 때, 조절부(200c)를 잠금 상태에서 회전 조작하여 케이블 부재(100c)가 조절부(200c)의 내부에 권취되도록 할 수 있다. 케이블 부재(100c)가 조절부(200c)에 권취됨으로써 제1 착용부(11c)와 제2 착용부(12c) 간의 간격이 가까워지고 허리착용부재(10c)의 전체 길이가 줄어들 수 있다. When the user wants to shorten the overall length of the waist wearing member 10c, the cable member 100c may be wound inside the adjusting part 200c by rotating the adjusting part 200c in a locked state. As the cable member 100c is wound around the adjusting part 200c, the distance between the first wearing part 11c and the second wearing part 12c becomes close, and the overall length of the waist wearing member 10c may be reduced.
한편, 사용자는 허리착용부재(10c)의 전체 길이를 늘이고자 할 때에는, 조절부(200c)의 잠금 상태를 해제한 다음, 조절부(200c)를 회전시키거나 제1 착용부(11c)와 제2 착용부(12c)를 서로 멀어지는 방향으로 당겨서 케이블 부재(100c)가 권취된 상태에서 이를 풀어서 허리착용부재(10c)의 전체 길이를 늘일 수 있다. 케이블 부재(100c)가 조절부(200c)로부터 풀림으로써 제1 착용부(11c)와 제2 착용부(12c) 간의 간격이 멀어지고 허리착용부재(10c)의 전체 길이가 늘어날 수 있다. 이와 같이, 조절부(200c)에 의해 케이블 부재(100c)를 감거나 풀어서 허리착용부재(10c)의 전체 길이가 조절될 수 있으므로, 허리착용부재(10c)의 전체 길이가 보다 미세하게 조절될 수 있다.On the other hand, when the user wants to increase the overall length of the waist wearing member (10c), after releasing the locked state of the adjustment unit (200c), the adjustment unit (200c) is rotated or the first wearing unit (11c) and the first 2 It is possible to increase the overall length of the waist wearing member 10c by pulling the wearing part 12c in a direction away from each other and loosening it while the cable member 100c is wound. As the cable member 100c is released from the adjusting part 200c, the distance between the first wearing part 11c and the second wearing part 12c may increase, and the overall length of the waist wearing member 10c may be increased. In this way, the entire length of the waist wearing member 10c can be adjusted by winding or loosening the cable member 100c by the adjustment unit 200c, so that the overall length of the waist wearing member 10c can be adjusted more finely. have.
가이드부(300c)는 등판(60c)에 제공되고, 조절부(200c)에 의해 이동되는 케이블 부재(100c)의 이동 경로를 가이드하도록 제공된다. 이러한 가이드부(300c)는 등판(60c) 상에 복수 개가 소정의 패턴으로 배열될 수 있으며, 가이드부(300c)를 통해 케이블 부재(100c)가 연장하는 방향이 적절히 바뀌도록 케이블 부재(100c)의 이동이 안내될 수 있다. 예를 들어, 도 26에 도시된 바와 같이 가이드부(300c)는 등판(60c) 상에 총 네 개가 제공되고, 양 측에 두 개씩 대칭이 되도록 배열될 수 있으나, 이는 일 예에 불과하고 가이드부(300c)의 개수 및 배열 관계는 경우에 따라 자유롭게 변형 가능하다. 케이블 부재(100c)는 가이드부(300c)들에 각각 걸리면서 방향이 전환됨과 동시에, 케이블 부재(100c)에 걸리는 장력 또한 유지될 수 있다. The guide portion 300c is provided on the back plate 60c, and is provided to guide the movement path of the cable member 100c moved by the adjustment portion 200c. A plurality of the guide portions 300c may be arranged in a predetermined pattern on the back plate 60c, and the direction in which the cable member 100c extends through the guide portion 300c is appropriately changed. Movement can be guided. For example, as shown in FIG. 26, a total of four guide portions 300c are provided on the back plate 60c and may be arranged to be symmetrical by two on both sides, but this is only an example and the guide portion The number and arrangement relationship of (300c) can be freely modified depending on the case. The cable member 100c is changed in direction while being caught by each of the guide portions 300c, and a tension applied to the cable member 100c may also be maintained.
이러한 가이드부(300c)는 다양한 실시예로서 구현 가능하며, 가능한 실시예들 중 일부가 예시적으로 도 28에 도시된다. The guide part 300c can be implemented in various embodiments, and some of the possible embodiments are illustrated in FIG. 28 by way of example.
먼저, 도 28(a)를 참조하면, 가이드부(300c)는 디스크 형상 또는 플랜지 형상으로 구비되는 헤드(310c), 헤드(310c)의 일 면으로부터 연장되는 축핀(320c), 등판(60c)에 연결되고 축핀(320c)이 관통하는 베이스(330c) 및 축핀(320c)을 등판(60c)의 반대측 면에 대하여 고정시키는 고정 플랜지(340c)를 포함할 수 있다. 이러한 가이드부(300c)의 구성에 따르면, 케이블 부재(100c)는 헤드(310c)와 베이스(330c)의 사이에 배치되고, 축핀(320c)에 케이블 부재(100c)가 접촉되어 케이블 부재(100c)에 가해지는 장력이 축핀(320c)에 의해 유지되는 것이 가능해진다. 또한, 축핀(320c)은 헤드(310c) 및 베이스(330c)에 대하여 회전 가능하게 제공되어 케이블 부재(100c)의 이동시 마찰을 최소화할 수 있으나, 본 발명의 사상이 이에 한정되는 것은 아니고, 축핀(320c)은 헤드(310c) 및 베이스(330c)에 대하여 회전이 불가능하게 제공되는 것도 가능하다.First, referring to FIG. 28(a), the guide portion 300c is provided in a disk shape or a flange shape, a head 310c, an axial pin 320c extending from one surface of the head 310c, and a back plate 60c. It may include a base (330c) through which the shaft pin (320c) passes and a fixing flange (340c) for fixing the shaft pin (320c) to the opposite side of the back plate (60c). According to the configuration of this guide part (300c), the cable member (100c) is disposed between the head (310c) and the base (330c), the cable member (100c) is in contact with the shaft pin (320c), the cable member (100c) It becomes possible to maintain the tension applied to the shaft pin (320c). In addition, the shaft pin 320c is rotatably provided with respect to the head 310c and the base 330c to minimize friction when the cable member 100c moves, but the spirit of the present invention is not limited thereto. 320c) may be provided so that rotation is impossible with respect to the head 310c and the base 330c.
헤드(310c)는 축핀(320c)의 직경보다 큰 직경을 갖는 디스크 형상으로 구비될 수 있으나, 이는 일 예에 불과하고 본 발명의 사상이 이에 한정되는 것은 아니다. 또한, 축핀(320c)은 기둥 형상으로서 헤드(310c)의 일 면으로부터 돌출 형성되어 베이스(330c)와 등판(60c)을 차례로 관통하여 설치될 수 있다. 또한, 축핀(320c)의 단부에는 고정 플랜지(340c)가 구비될 수 있으며, 고정 플랜지(340c)는 등판(60c)의 타 면에 요입 형성된 홈에 삽입되어 등판(60c)에 고정될 수 있으며, 이에 따라 축핀(320c)이 등판(60c)으로부터 분리되지 않고 유지될 수 있다. 다만, 이는 일 예에 불과하고, 축핀(320c)은 단지 베이스(330c)만을 관통하도록 구비되어 고정되는 것도 가능하다. 이 경우, 고정 플랜지(340c)는 생략될 수 있다. 또한, 베이스(330c)는 등판(60c)의 일 면에 고정될 수 있으며, 이를 위해 접착제 등이 사용될 수 있다. 이러한 헤드(310c), 축핀(320c), 베이스(330c) 및 고정 플랜지(340c)는 알루미늄 등의 가벼운 금속 재질로 구비될 수 있다. The head 310c may be provided in a disk shape having a diameter larger than that of the shaft pin 320c, but this is only an example and the spirit of the present invention is not limited thereto. In addition, the shaft pin 320c is formed to protrude from one surface of the head 310c as a pillar shape, and may be installed through the base 330c and the back plate 60c in order. In addition, a fixing flange 340c may be provided at the end of the shaft pin 320c, and the fixing flange 340c may be inserted into a groove formed in a recess in the other surface of the back plate 60c and fixed to the back plate 60c, Accordingly, the shaft pin 320c may be maintained without being separated from the back plate 60c. However, this is only an example, and the shaft pin 320c may be provided so as to penetrate only the base 330c to be fixed. In this case, the fixing flange 340c may be omitted. In addition, the base 330c may be fixed to one side of the back plate 60c, and an adhesive or the like may be used for this purpose. The head 310c, the shaft pin 320c, the base 330c, and the fixing flange 340c may be made of a light metal material such as aluminum.
또는, 도 28(b)에 도시된 바와 같이 가이드부(300'c)의 헤드(310'c)의 둘레면을 따라 케이블 부재(100c)가 일부 수용되는 지지홈(312c)이 요입 형성될 수 있다. 이때, 축핀(320c)은 헤드(310'c)의 일 면으로부터 연장되고, 베이스(330c)와 등판(60c)을 차례로 관통하도록 구비될 수 있으며, 축핀(320c)의 단부에는 등판(60c)에 축핀(320c)을 고정하는 고정 플랜지(340c)가 구비될 수 있음은 도 27(a)에 도시된 실시예와 동일하다. 도 27(b)에 도시된 가이드부(300c)에 따르면, 지지홈(312c)에 케이블 부재(100c)가 접촉되어 케이블 부재(100c)에 가해지는 장력이 지지홈(312c)과의 간섭에 의해 유지될 수 있다. 다시 말해서, 도 27(b)에 도시된 가이드부(300'c)에서는 축핀(320c)에 케이블 부재(100c)가 접촉되는 것은 아니다. Alternatively, as shown in FIG. 28(b), a support groove 312c in which a cable member 100c is partially accommodated may be formed along the circumferential surface of the head 310'c of the guide part 300'c. have. At this time, the shaft pin 320c extends from one surface of the head 310'c, and may be provided to sequentially pass through the base 330c and the back plate 60c, and at the end of the shaft pin 320c, the back plate 60c It is the same as the embodiment shown in Fig. 27 (a) that the fixing flange (340c) for fixing the shaft pin (320c) may be provided. According to the guide portion (300c) shown in Figure 27 (b), the cable member (100c) is in contact with the support groove (312c), the tension applied to the cable member (100c) by interference with the support groove (312c) Can be maintained. In other words, in the guide part 300'c shown in FIG. 27(b), the cable member 100c does not contact the shaft pin 320c.
이 경우, 헤드(310'c)는 베이스(330c)에 대하여 회전 가능하게 제공될 수 있으며, 이로써 케이블 부재(100c)의 이동시 마찰이 최소화될 수 있다. 이때, 베이스(330c)와 헤드(310'c)의 사이에는 헤드(310c)의 회전을 용이하게 하기 위한 와셔 등이 추가로 구비될 수 있다. 다만, 이는 일 예에 불과하며, 헤드(310'c)는 베이스(330c)에 대하여 회전 불가능하게 고정될 수도 있다. In this case, the head 310'c may be provided to be rotatable with respect to the base 330c, thereby minimizing friction when the cable member 100c moves. At this time, a washer for facilitating rotation of the head 310c may be additionally provided between the base 330c and the head 310'c. However, this is only an example, and the head 310'c may be fixed to the base 330c so as not to be rotatable.
다시 도 26 및 도 27을 참조하면, 이동 부재(400c)는 등판(60c)에 체결되고, 등판(60c)에 대하여 슬라이드 이동 가능하게 제공된다. 또한, 이동 부재(400c)는 조임유닛(40c)의 조작에 의해 등판(60c) 상에서 이동될 수 있고, 이동 부재(400c)가 등판(60c) 상에서 이동됨에 따라 제1 착용부(11c)와 제2 착용부(12c) 사이의 간격이 변화될 수 있다. 이러한 이동 부재(400c)는 등판(60c)에 대하여 두 개가 제공될 수 있으며, 제1 이동 부재(410c)와 제2 이동 부재(420c)를 포함할 수 있다. 이때, 제1 이동 부재(410c)는 제1 착용부(11c)와 케이블 부재(100c)를 통해 연결될 수 있고, 제2 이동 부재(420c)는 제2 착용부(12c)와 케이블 부재(100c)를 통해 연결될 수 있다. 이러한 제1 이동 부재(410c)와 제2 이동 부재(420c)는 등판(60c)의 중심선에 대하여 서로 대칭이 되도록 배치될 수 있다. 또한, 조임유닛(40c)의 조작에 의해 제1 이동 부재(410c)와 제2 이동 부재(420c)가 서로 멀어지는 방향으로 이동됨에 따라 제1 착용부(11c)와 제2 착용부(12c) 사이의 간격이 좁아질 수 있다.Referring back to FIGS. 26 and 27, the moving member 400c is fastened to the back plate 60c and is provided to be slidably moved with respect to the back plate 60c. In addition, the moving member 400c may be moved on the back plate 60c by manipulation of the tightening unit 40c, and as the moving member 400c moves on the back plate 60c, the first wearing part 11c and the first 2 The interval between the wearing parts 12c may be changed. Two such moving members 400c may be provided with respect to the back plate 60c, and may include a first moving member 410c and a second moving member 420c. At this time, the first moving member 410c may be connected through the first wearing part 11c and the cable member 100c, and the second moving member 420c may be connected to the second wearing part 12c and the cable member 100c. It can be connected through. The first moving member 410c and the second moving member 420c may be arranged to be symmetrical with respect to the center line of the back plate 60c. In addition, as the first moving member 410c and the second moving member 420c are moved in a direction away from each other by the manipulation of the tightening unit 40c, between the first wearing part 11c and the second wearing part 12c The gap can be narrowed.
또한, 이동 부재(400c)는 가이드 돌기(402c)와 가이드 부재(404c)를 포함할 수 있다.In addition, the moving member 400c may include a guide protrusion 402c and a guide member 404c.
가이드 돌기(402c)는 등판(60c)의 백플레이트(62c) 상에 관통 형성되는 하나 이상의 가이드공(622c)에 삽입되어 이동 부재(400c)가 등판(60c) 상에서 이동시 가이드 돌기(402c)가 가이드공(622c)에 의해 안내되면서 이동될 수 있다. 이러한 가이드 돌기(402c)는 이동 부재(400c)의 등판(60c)에 대향하는 면으로부터 돌출된 형태로 형성될 수 있다. 이때, 가이드 돌기(402c)는 장방형 또는 타원형의 단부를 가질 수 있으며, 등판(60c)의 백플레이트(62c)에 형성된 가이드공(622c)에 대하여 이탈되지 않도록 가이드 돌기(402c)가 가이드공(622c)에 삽입되어 대략 90도 회전됨으로써 걸려질 수 있게 구비될 수 있다.The guide protrusion 402c is inserted into one or more guide holes 622c formed through the back plate 62c of the back plate 60c, so that the guide protrusion 402c is guided when the moving member 400c moves on the back plate 60c. It can be moved while being guided by the ball (622c). The guide protrusion 402c may be formed to protrude from a surface of the moving member 400c facing the back plate 60c. At this time, the guide protrusion 402c may have a rectangular or elliptical end, and the guide protrusion 402c is provided with a guide hole 622c so as not to be separated from the guide hole 622c formed in the back plate 62c of the back plate 60c. ) Can be provided so that it can be hooked by being inserted into and rotated approximately 90 degrees.
가이드 부재(404c)는 케이블 부재(100c)의 연장 방향을 전환시키도록 제공되며, 이동 부재(400c)의 단부에 제공될 수 있다. 또한, 가이드 부재(404c)는 일 예로 원호 형상으로 구비될 수 있다. The guide member 404c is provided to change the extension direction of the cable member 100c, and may be provided at the end of the moving member 400c. In addition, the guide member 404c may be provided in an arc shape, for example.
신축 부재(50c)는 제1 착용부(11c)와 제2 착용부(12c) 중 적어도 하나의 단부에 연결되고, 길이가 가변될 수 있도록 구비된다. 본 실시예에서는 제1 착용부(11c)와 제2 착용부(12c) 모두의 단부에 대하여 신축 부재(50c)가 각각 구비되는 경우를 예로 들어 도시하였으나, 본 발명의 사상이 이에 한정되는 것은 아니고, 신축 부재(50c)는 제1 착용부(11c) 또는 제2 착용부(12c)에 대하여 구비되는 것도 가능하다. 이러한 신축 부재(50c)는 제1 착용부(11c)와 제2 착용부(12c) 사이의 간격이 조절되면서 변함에 따라 길이가 변화될 수 있으며, 내부에는 중공을 포함하고, 신축 부재(50c)의 내부 중공으로 케이블 부재(100c)와 연결 부재(400c)가 통과될 수 있다. The elastic member 50c is connected to at least one end of the first wearing part 11c and the second wearing part 12c, and is provided to have a variable length. In the present embodiment, an example in which an elastic member 50c is provided with respect to the ends of both the first wearing part 11c and the second wearing part 12c is illustrated, but the spirit of the present invention is not limited thereto. , The elastic member 50c may be provided with respect to the first wearing portion 11c or the second wearing portion 12c. The length of the elastic member 50c may be changed as the distance between the first wearing part 11c and the second wearing part 12c is adjusted, and includes a hollow inside, and the elastic member 50c The cable member 100c and the connection member 400c may pass through the hollow inside.
또한, 신축 부재(50c)는 등판 커버(64c)와 연결될 수 있다. 예를 들어, 신축 부재(50c)의 일단은 제1 착용부(11c)와 제2 착용부(12c) 중 어느 하나의 단부에 연결되고, 타단이 후술할 등판 커버(64c)에 형성된 슬릿(642c)에 연결될 수 있다. 다만, 본 발명의 사상이 이에 한정되는 것은 아니고, 신축 부재(50c)의 타단이 슬릿(642c)을 제외한 등판 커버(64c)의 다른 부분에 연결될 수도 있고, 백플레이트(62c)에 직접 연결될 수도 있다.In addition, the elastic member 50c may be connected to the back cover 64c. For example, one end of the elastic member 50c is connected to one end of the first wearing part 11c and the second wearing part 12c, and the other end is a slit 642c formed in the back cover 64c to be described later. ) Can be connected. However, the spirit of the present invention is not limited thereto, and the other end of the elastic member 50c may be connected to other parts of the back cover 64c except for the slit 642c, or may be directly connected to the backplate 62c. .
또한, 신축 부재(50c)는 표면에 하나 이상의 주름을 포함할 수 있으며, 더 나아가서는 벨로우즈(bellows) 형상으로 구비될 수 있고, 일 예로 형상 변형이 자유로운 섬유(fiber) 재질로 이루어질 수 있다. 이러한 신축 부재(50c)에 의해 케이블 부재(100c)가 외부로 노출되는 일이 없어서 케이블 부재(100c)에 의해 유아 등이 부상을 당하는 등의 문제가 방지될 수 있고, 유아용 캐리어(1c)의 외관이 미려해질 수 있다.In addition, the elastic member 50c may include one or more wrinkles on its surface, furthermore, it may be provided in a bellows shape, and for example, may be made of a fiber material having a free shape deformation. Since the cable member 100c is not exposed to the outside by the elastic member 50c, problems such as injury to infants, etc. can be prevented by the cable member 100c, and the appearance of the infant carrier 1c This can be beautiful.
등판(60c)은 유아용 캐리어(1c)가 사용자의 신체에 올바르게 착용되었을 때, 등판(60c)이 사용자의 힙의 상단에서 등에 밀착되어 사용자의 허리 부분을 지지할 수 있다. 또한, 등판(60c)은 신축 부재(50c)의 단부에 연결된다. 이러한 등판(60c)은 사용자의 허리를 지지하도록 소정의 강성을 갖는 재질로서 제공되는 백플레이트(62c) 및 백플레이트(62c)를 내부에 수용하여 커버하는 등판 커버(64c)를 포함할 수 있다. When the infant carrier 1c is properly worn on the user's body, the back plate 60c is in close contact with the back at the top of the user's hip to support the user's waist. Further, the back plate 60c is connected to the end of the elastic member 50c. The back plate 60c may include a back plate 62c provided as a material having a predetermined rigidity to support the user's waist, and a back plate cover 64c receiving and covering the back plate 62c therein.
백플레이트(62c)는 일 예로 단단하면서도 가벼운 플라스틱 재질로 구비될 수 있으며, 하중을 줄이기 위해 표면 상에 복수의 홀들이 관통하여 형성될 수 있다. 또한, 백플레이트(62c)의 양 면 중 사용자의 신체가 맞닿을 면의 반대측 면에는 이동 부재(400c)가 구비될 수 있다. 이에 따라, 백플레이트(62c)의 양 면 중 사용자의 신체가 맞닿을 면의 반대측 면 상에는 이동 부재(400c) 및 케이블 부재(100c)의 일부가 배치되어 백플레이트(62c) 상에서 조절부(200c)의 회전 조작에 의해 케이블 부재(100c)와 이동 부재(400c)가 이동될 수 있다.The back plate 62c may be formed of a hard and light plastic material, for example, and may be formed through a plurality of holes on the surface to reduce the load. In addition, a moving member 400c may be provided on a surface of the back plate 62c opposite to the surface on which the user's body will abut. Accordingly, a part of the moving member 400c and the cable member 100c is disposed on the opposite side of the surface where the user's body will abut, among both surfaces of the back plate 62c, and the adjustment unit 200c on the back plate 62c The cable member 100c and the moving member 400c may be moved by the rotation operation of the.
한편, 백플레이트(62c)에는 이동 부재(400c)의 가이드 돌기(402c)가 삽입되는 가이드공(622c)이 형성될 수 있다. 또한, 가이드공(622c)은 두 세트로 제공되어 백플레이트(62c)의 중심선에 대하여 대칭이 되도록 형성될 수 있다. 이러한 가이드공(622c)은 백플레이트(62c)의 중심으로부터 외곽으로 갈수록 하강하는 형상으로 형성될 수 있다. 이에 따라, 조절부(200c)의 조작에 의해 케이블 부재(100c)가 조여져서 제1 착용부(11c)와 제2 착용부(12c) 사이 간격이 줄어드는 경우, 이동 부재(400c)는 가이드공(622c)의 연장 방향을 따라 안내되어 이동될 수 있다. 다시 말해서, 케이블 부재(100c)가 조여지면 사용자가 유아용 캐리어(1c)를 착용하였을 때 사용자가 기립한 상태에서 이동 부재(400c)는 지면에 대하여 하강하게 될 수 있다.Meanwhile, a guide hole 622c into which the guide protrusion 402c of the moving member 400c is inserted may be formed in the back plate 62c. In addition, the guide hole 622c may be provided in two sets and formed to be symmetrical with respect to the center line of the back plate 62c. The guide hole 622c may be formed in a shape that descends from the center of the back plate 62c toward the outside. Accordingly, when the cable member 100c is tightened by the manipulation of the adjusting part 200c and the gap between the first wearing part 11c and the second wearing part 12c is reduced, the moving member 400c is a guide hole ( 622c) may be guided and moved along the extension direction. In other words, when the cable member 100c is tightened, when the user wears the infant carrier 1c, the moving member 400c may descend with respect to the ground while the user is standing.
등판 커버(64c)는 백플레이트(62c)와 함께 백플레이트(62c)의 일 면 상에 구비되는 케이블 부재(100c)와 이동 부재(400c)를 내부에 수용하여 커버하도록 구비될 수 있다. 또한, 신축 부재(50c)는 백플레이트(62c) 또는 등판 커버(64c)에 연결될 수 있으며, 등판 커버(64c)에는 제1 착용부(11c) 및 제2 착용부(12c) 중 적어도 하나의 단부로부터 연장되는 케이블 부재(100c)가 통과되는 슬릿(642c)이 형성될 수 있다. 슬릿(642c)은 등판 커버(64c)의 외부와 내부를 연통하도록 형성되는 장형의 틈으로서 형성될 수 있으며, 등판 커버(64c)가 섬유(fabric) 재질로 이루어질 경우에는 섬유 표면을 길게 찢은 형상으로서 구비될 수 있다. 이러한 슬릿(642c)은 등판 커버(64c)에 대하여 제1 착용부(11c)와 제2 착용부(12c)에 각각 대응되도록 두 개가 형성될 수 있다.The back plate cover 64c may be provided to accommodate and cover the cable member 100c and the moving member 400c provided on one side of the back plate 62c together with the back plate 62c. In addition, the elastic member 50c may be connected to the back plate 62c or the back cover 64c, and the back cover 64c includes at least one end of the first wearing part 11c and the second wearing part 12c. A slit 642c through which the cable member 100c extending from is passed may be formed. The slit 642c may be formed as a long gap formed to communicate the outside and the inside of the back cover 64c, and when the back cover 64c is made of a fabric material, It can be provided. Two such slits 642c may be formed to correspond to the first wearing portion 11c and the second wearing portion 12c with respect to the back cover 64c, respectively.
이러한 등판(60c) 구성으로 인해, 사용자가 유아용 캐리어(1c)를 이용하여 유아를 안을 때, 사용자의 허리를 등판(60c)이 지지하는 상태에서 조절부(200c)를 조작하여 케이블 부재(100c)를 조여서 등판(60c)이 사용자의 신체에 더욱 밀착되도록 함으로써, 사용자의 신체에 가해지는 유아의 체중이 효과적으로 분산되고, 사용자의 허리에 하중이 집중되는 것을 방지할 수 있게 된다. Due to this configuration of the back plate (60c), when the user holds the infant using the infant carrier (1c), the cable member (100c) by manipulating the adjustment unit (200c) while the back plate (60c) supports the user's waist By tightening the back plate 60c to more closely contact the user's body, the infant's weight applied to the user's body is effectively distributed, and the load is prevented from being concentrated on the user's waist.
연결구(70c)는 허리착용부재(10c)가 사용자의 허리를 적어도 일부 감싼 상태에서 사용자의 허리에 안착될 수 있도록 선택적으로 체결될 수 있다. 이러한 연결구(70c)의 적어도 일부는 허리착용부재(10c)의 외측 둘레부에 제공될 수 있다. 또한, 연결구(70c)는 적어도 하나 이상의 타입으로 제공될 수 있다. 예를 들어, 연결구(70c)는 버클 타입의 제1 연결구(71c) 및 벨크로 타입의 제2 연결구(72c)를 포함할 수 있다. 연결구(70c)는 제1 착용부(11c) 및 제2 착용부(12c) 간의 체결수단으로서 제공되고, 허리착용부재(10c)가 사용자의 허리를 감쌌을 때 그 양 단부가 서로 연결되도록 구성될 수 있다. The connector 70c may be selectively fastened so that the waist wearing member 10c can be seated on the user's waist while at least partially covering the user's waist. At least a portion of the connector 70c may be provided on the outer periphery of the waist wearing member 10c. In addition, the connector 70c may be provided in at least one or more types. For example, the connector 70c may include a buckle-type first connector 71c and a Velcro-type second connector 72c. The connector (70c) is provided as a fastening means between the first wearing portion (11c) and the second wearing portion (12c), and when the waist wearing member (10c) wraps around the user's waist, both ends thereof will be connected to each other. I can.
이하에서는 도 29 및 도 30을 더 참조하여 상술한 바와 같은 구성을 갖는 유아용 캐리어(1c)의 작용 및 효과에 대하여 설명한다. Hereinafter, the operation and effect of the infant carrier 1c having the above-described configuration will be described with reference to FIGS. 29 and 30.
우선, 사용자는 유아용 캐리어(1c)를 자신의 신체에 밀착한 후 연결구(70c)를 체결시켜 허리착용부재(10c)를 자신의 허리에 안착시킬 수 있다. 허리착용부재(10c)가 일정 수준 이상으로 사용자의 허리에 밀착될 때 사용자의 허리에 가해지는 하중이 경감되고 사용자가 허리의 편안함을 느낄 수 있다. 이를 위해, 사용자는 조임유닛(40c)을 조작하여 허리착용부재(10c)의 전체 길이를 줄임으로써 허리착용부재(10c) 및 등판(60c)을 사용자의 신체에 더욱 밀착시킬 수 있다. First, the user can secure the waist wearing member 10c to his/her waist by fastening the infant carrier 1c to his/her body and then fastening the connector 70c. When the waist wearing member 10c is in close contact with the user's waist over a certain level, the load applied to the user's waist is reduced, and the user can feel the comfort of the waist. To this end, the user can reduce the overall length of the waist wearing member 10c by manipulating the tightening unit 40c to make the waist wearing member 10c and the back plate 60c more in close contact with the user's body.
다시 말해서, 사용자는 조절부(200c)를 잠금상태에 놓고 일 방향으로 회전시킴으로써 조절부(200c)에 연결된 케이블 부재(100c)가 조절부(200c) 내에 권취되도록 할 수 있다. 케이블 부재(100c)가 조절부(200c) 내에 권취되면, 제1 착용부(11c)와 제2 착용부(12c) 사이에서의 케이블 부재(100c)의 길이가 도 30에 도시된 바와 같이 감소하여 제1 착용부(11c)와 제2 착용부(12c) 사이의 거리가 가까워지게 되고, 신축 부재(50c)의 길이는 줄어들게 된다. In other words, the user can rotate the adjusting part 200c in a locked state and rotated in one direction so that the cable member 100c connected to the adjusting part 200c is wound in the adjusting part 200c. When the cable member 100c is wound in the adjustment part 200c, the length of the cable member 100c between the first wearing part 11c and the second wearing part 12c decreases as shown in FIG. The distance between the first wearing portion 11c and the second wearing portion 12c becomes close, and the length of the elastic member 50c is reduced.
이와 같이, 사용자는 조절부(200c)를 회전 조작하는 것만으로 제1 착용부(11c)와 제2 착용부(12c) 사이의 거리를 줄임으로써 허리착용부재(10c)의 전체 길이가 줄어들도록 함으로써, 허리착용부재(10c)가 사용자의 허리에 더욱 밀착되도록 할 수 있다. 따라서, 사용자는 적은 노력만으로도 허리착용부재(10c)의 전체 길이를 쉽게 조절할 수 있으며, 보다 정밀하게 허리착용부재(10c)의 전체 길이를 조절할 수 있다. 이렇게 허리착용부재(10c)의 길이 조절이 완료되면, 사용자는 힙시트(20c) 및/또는 아기띠(30c)에 유아를 안착시킬 수 있다. In this way, the user can reduce the distance between the first wearing unit 11c and the second wearing unit 12c by rotating the adjustment unit 200c, thereby reducing the overall length of the waist wearing member 10c. , It is possible to make the waist wearing member (10c) more in close contact with the user's waist. Accordingly, the user can easily adjust the overall length of the waist wearing member 10c with little effort, and more precisely, the overall length of the waist wearing member 10c. When the length adjustment of the waist wearing member 10c is completed, the user can seat the infant on the hip seat 20c and/or the baby carrier 30c.
한편, 사용자는 유아용 캐리어(1c)를 벗을 때는 조임유닛(40c)과 연결구(70c)를 조작하여 허리착용부재(10c)를 자신의 허리로부터 탈거할 수 있다. 이를 위해, 사용자는 조임유닛(40c)의 조절부(200c)의 잠금상태를 해제하고, 조절부(200c)를 회전시키거나 제1 착용부(11c)와 제2 착용부(12c)를 서로 멀어지도록 당김으로써 조절부(200c)에 연결된 케이블 부재(100c)를 느슨하게 풀 수 있다. 조절부(200c)의 내부에 권취되어 있던 케이블 부재(100c)가 풀리면 제1 착용부(11c)와 제2 착용부(12c) 사이의 간격이 멀어지고 허리착용부재(10c)의 전체 길이가 늘어날 수 있다. 이후, 사용자는 연결구(70c)의 체결을 해제하여 허리착용부재(10c)를 신체로부터 탈거할 수 있다. On the other hand, when taking off the infant carrier 1c, the user can remove the waist wearing member 10c from his/her waist by operating the tightening unit 40c and the connector 70c. To this end, the user releases the lock state of the adjustment unit 200c of the tightening unit 40c, rotates the adjustment unit 200c, or moves the first wearing unit 11c and the second wearing unit 12c away from each other. By pulling so that it is possible to loosen the cable member (100c) connected to the adjustment unit (200c). When the cable member (100c) wound inside the adjustment part (200c) is released, the gap between the first wearing part (11c) and the second wearing part (12c) increases, and the overall length of the waist wearing member (10c) increases. I can. Thereafter, the user can release the fastening of the connector 70c to remove the waist wearing member 10c from the body.
이상 본 발명의 실시예들을 구체적인 실시 형태로서 설명하였으나, 이는 예시에 불과한 것으로서, 본 발명은 이에 한정되지 않는 것이며, 본 명세서에 개시된 기초 사상에 따르는 최광의 범위를 갖는 것으로 해석되어야 한다. 당업자는 개시된 실시형태들을 조합/치환하여 적시되지 않은 형상의 패턴을 실시할 수 있으나, 이 역시 본 발명의 범위를 벗어나지 않는 것이다. 이외에도 당업자는 본 명세서에 기초하여 개시된 실시형태를 용이하게 변경 또는 변형할 수 있으며, 이러한 변경 또는 변형도 본 발명의 권리범위에 속함은 명백하다.The embodiments of the present invention have been described above as specific embodiments, but these are only examples, and the present invention is not limited thereto, and should be construed as having the widest scope in accordance with the basic idea disclosed herein. A person skilled in the art may combine/substitute the disclosed embodiments to implement a pattern of a shape not indicated, but this also does not depart from the scope of the present invention. In addition, those skilled in the art can easily change or modify the disclosed embodiments based on the present specification, and it is clear that such changes or modifications also belong to the scope of the present invention.

Claims (41)

  1. 사용자의 허리에 착용 가능하게 제공되고, 제1 착용부와 제2 착용부를 포함하는 허리착용부재;A waist wearing member provided to be worn on the user's waist and including a first wearing portion and a second wearing portion;
    상기 허리착용부재에 제공되고, 상기 허리착용부재가 상기 사용자의 허리에 착용되었을 때, 상기 제1 착용부와 상기 제2 착용부 사이의 간격을 조절하기 위한 조임유닛;A tightening unit provided on the waist wearing member and configured to adjust a gap between the first wearing portion and the second wearing portion when the waist wearing member is worn on the user's waist;
    상기 허리착용부재에 분리 가능하게 연결되어 상기 조임유닛의 적어도 일부를 커버하는 커버; 및A cover detachably connected to the waist wearing member to cover at least a portion of the tightening unit; And
    상기 커버의 일 면에 분리 가능하게 부착되고, 상기 사용자의 허리를 지지할 수 있는 등판을 포함하고,A back plate detachably attached to one side of the cover and capable of supporting the user's waist,
    상기 커버는,The cover,
    일면에 제공되며, 상기 등판에 제공되는 등판측 부착부재와 탈부착 가능하게 구비되는 커버측 부착부재; 및A cover side attachment member provided on one side and detachably provided with a back plate side attachment member provided on the back plate; And
    일단과 타단이 상호 부착될 수 있도록 구비되는 단부 부착부재를 포함하고,It includes an end attachment member provided so that one end and the other end can be attached to each other,
    상기 단부 부착부재에 의해 상기 커버의 일단과 타단이 상호 부착됨에 따라 상기 커버가 고리 형상으로 되고, 상기 고리 형상을 상기 허리착용부재가 통과됨에 따라 상기 커버와 상기 허리착용부재가 연결되면서 상기 조임유닛의 적어도 일부가 상기 커버에 의해 커버되는,As one end and the other end of the cover are attached to each other by the end attachment member, the cover becomes a ring shape, and the cover and the waist wearing member are connected to each other as the waist wearing member passes through the ring shape. At least a portion of the cover is covered by the cover,
    유아용 캐리어.Infant carrier.
  2. 제1 항에 있어서,The method of claim 1,
    상기 조임유닛은,The tightening unit,
    상기 제1 착용부와 상기 제2 착용부를 연결하는 케이블 부재;A cable member connecting the first wearing part and the second wearing part;
    상기 케이블 부재가 통과하여 이동 가능하게 지지되는 걸림부; 및A locking portion through which the cable member passes and is movably supported; And
    상기 케이블 부재가 권취될 수 있고, 권취된 상기 케이블 부재의 적어도 일부를 선택적으로 풀어서 상기 제1 착용부와 상기 제2 착용부 사이의 간격을 조절하는 조절부를 포함하는,The cable member may be wound, including an adjustment unit for selectively releasing at least a portion of the wound cable member to adjust a gap between the first wearing unit and the second wearing unit,
    유아용 캐리어.Infant carrier.
  3. 제2 항에 있어서,The method of claim 2,
    상기 걸림부는,The locking part,
    상기 제1 착용부에 제공되고, 상기 케이블 부재가 통과되는 제1 걸림구; 및A first locking hole provided on the first wearing part and through which the cable member passes; And
    상기 제2 착용부에 제공되고, 상기 제1 걸림구에 대향하여 배치되며, 상기 케이블 부재가 통과되는 케이블 가이드를 포함하는,It is provided in the second wearing portion, is disposed to face the first locking hole, including a cable guide through which the cable member passes,
    유아용 캐리어.Infant carrier.
  4. 제3 항에 있어서,The method of claim 3,
    상기 걸림부는,The locking part,
    상기 제1 걸림구에 대향하여 배치되고, 상기 케이블 부재가 통과되는 제2 걸림구를 포함하고,It is disposed opposite to the first locking hole, and includes a second locking hole through which the cable member passes,
    상기 케이블 부재는,The cable member,
    상기 조절부로부터 연장되어 상기 케이블 가이드, 상기 제1 걸림구 및 상기 제2 걸림구를 통과하는,Extending from the adjustment unit and passing through the cable guide, the first locking hole and the second locking hole,
    유아용 캐리어.Infant carrier.
  5. 제1 항에 있어서,The method of claim 1,
    상기 커버측 부착부재와 상기 등판측 부착부재는 벨크로(Velcro)로서 제공되며, 상기 커버측 부착부재는 상기 벨크로의 걸림고리 부분으로서 구비되고, 상기 등판측 부착부재는 상기 벨크로의 갈고리 부분으로서 구비되는,The cover side attachment member and the back plate side attachment member are provided as Velcro, the cover side attachment member is provided as a hook portion of the Velcro, and the back plate side attachment member is provided as a hook portion of the Velcro. ,
    유아용 캐리어.Infant carrier.
  6. 제1 항에 있어서,The method of claim 1,
    일측에 상기 제1 착용부의 단부가 연결되고, 타측에 상기 제2 착용부의 단부가 연결되며, 유아의 엉덩이를 받침으로써 유아의 하중을 지지하는 힙시트를 더 포함하는,An end of the first wearing part is connected to one side, an end of the second wearing part is connected to the other side, and further comprising a hip seat for supporting the infant's load by supporting the infant's hip,
    유아용 캐리어.Infant carrier.
  7. 사용자의 허리에 착용 가능하게 제공되고, 제1 착용부와 제2 착용부를 포함하는 허리착용부재;A waist wearing member provided to be worn on the user's waist and including a first wearing portion and a second wearing portion;
    상기 허리착용부재에 제공되고, 상기 허리착용부재가 상기 사용자의 허리에 착용되었을 때, 상기 제1 착용부와 상기 제2 착용부 사이의 간격을 조절하기 위한 조임유닛;A tightening unit provided on the waist wearing member and configured to adjust a gap between the first wearing portion and the second wearing portion when the waist wearing member is worn on the user's waist;
    상기 허리착용부재에 분리 가능하게 연결되어 상기 조임유닛의 적어도 일부를 커버하는 커버; 및A cover detachably connected to the waist wearing member to cover at least a portion of the tightening unit; And
    상기 커버의 일 면에 분리 가능하게 부착되고, 상기 사용자의 허리를 지지할 수 있는 등판을 포함하고,A back plate detachably attached to one side of the cover and capable of supporting the user's waist,
    상기 조임유닛은,The tightening unit,
    일단이 상기 제1 착용부에 연결되고, 타단이 상기 제2 착용부에 연결되며, 길이가 가변될 수 있는 신축 부재를 포함하고,One end is connected to the first wearing part, the other end is connected to the second wearing part, and includes an elastic member that can be variable in length,
    상기 제1 착용부와 상기 제2 착용부 사이의 간격이 조절되면서 변함에 따라 상기 신축 부재의 길이가 변화되고,The length of the elastic member is changed as the distance between the first wearing part and the second wearing part is adjusted and changed,
    상기 조임유닛은,The tightening unit,
    상기 제1 착용부와 상기 제2 착용부를 연결하는 케이블 부재;A cable member connecting the first wearing part and the second wearing part;
    상기 케이블 부재가 통과하여 이동 가능하게 지지되는 걸림부; 및A locking portion through which the cable member passes and is movably supported; And
    상기 케이블 부재가 권취될 수 있고, 권취된 상기 케이블 부재의 적어도 일부를 선택적으로 풀어서 상기 제1 착용부와 상기 제2 착용부 사이의 간격을 조절하는 조절부를 더 포함하고,The cable member may be wound, further comprising an adjustment unit for selectively releasing at least a portion of the wound cable member to adjust the distance between the first wearing portion and the second wearing portion,
    상기 신축 부재의 내부에는 상기 케이블 부재의 적어도 일부와 상기 걸림부가 수용되는,At least a portion of the cable member and the locking part are accommodated in the elastic member,
    유아용 캐리어.Infant carrier.
  8. 제7 항에 있어서,The method of claim 7,
    상기 커버의 내부에 상기 신축 부재의 적어도 일부가 선택적으로 수용되는,At least a portion of the elastic member is selectively accommodated in the inside of the cover,
    유아용 캐리어.Infant carrier.
  9. 제7 항에 있어서,The method of claim 7,
    상기 커버는,The cover,
    일단과 타단이 상호 부착될 수 있도록 구비되는 단부 부착부재를 포함하고,It includes an end attachment member provided so that one end and the other end can be attached to each other,
    상기 단부 부착부재에 의해 상기 커버의 일단과 타단이 상호 부착됨에 따라 상기 커버가 고리 형상으로 되고, 상기 고리 형상을 상기 신축 부재가 통과됨에 따라 상기 커버의 내부에 상기 신축 부재의 적어도 일부가 수용되는,As one end and the other end of the cover are attached to each other by the end attachment member, the cover becomes a ring shape, and at least a part of the elastic member is accommodated inside the cover as the elastic member passes through the ring shape. ,
    유아용 캐리어.Infant carrier.
  10. 사용자의 허리에 착용 가능하게 제공되고, 제1 착용부와 제2 착용부를 포함하는 허리착용부재;A waist wearing member provided to be worn on the user's waist and including a first wearing portion and a second wearing portion;
    상기 허리착용부재에 제공되고, 상기 허리착용부재가 상기 사용자의 허리에 착용되었을 때, 상기 제1 착용부와 상기 제2 착용부 사이의 간격을 조절하기 위한 조임유닛;A tightening unit provided on the waist wearing member and configured to adjust a gap between the first wearing portion and the second wearing portion when the waist wearing member is worn on the user's waist;
    상기 제1 착용부와 상기 제2 착용부 중 적어도 하나의 단부에 연결되고, 길이가 가변될 수 있는 신축 부재; 및An elastic member connected to an end of at least one of the first wearing part and the second wearing part and having a variable length; And
    상기 신축 부재의 단부에 연결되고, 상기 사용자의 허리를 지지할 수 있는 등판을 포함하고,It is connected to the end of the elastic member and includes a back plate capable of supporting the waist of the user,
    상기 제1 착용부와 상기 제2 착용부 사이의 간격이 조절되면서 변함에 따라 상기 신축 부재의 길이가 변화되고,The length of the elastic member is changed as the distance between the first wearing part and the second wearing part is adjusted and changed,
    상기 조임유닛은,The tightening unit,
    상기 제1 착용부와 상기 제2 착용부를 연결하고, 상기 등판에 연결되는 케이블 부재;A cable member connecting the first wearing part and the second wearing part and connected to the back plate;
    상기 케이블 부재가 권취될 수 있고, 권취된 상기 케이블 부재의 적어도 일부를 선택적으로 풀어서 상기 제1 착용부와 상기 제2 착용부 사이의 간격을 조절하는 조절부; 및The cable member may be wound, and an adjustment unit for selectively releasing at least a portion of the wound cable member to adjust a gap between the first wearing unit and the second wearing unit; And
    상기 등판에 제공되고, 상기 조절부에 의해 이동되는 상기 케이블 부재의 이동 경로를 가이드하는 가이드부를 포함하고,It is provided on the back plate, and includes a guide portion for guiding a movement path of the cable member moved by the adjustment portion,
    상기 가이드부는,The guide part,
    헤드;head;
    상기 헤드의 일 면으로부터 연장되는 축핀; 및A shaft pin extending from one surface of the head; And
    상기 등판에 연결되고, 상기 축핀이 관통하는 베이스를 포함하고,It is connected to the back plate and includes a base through which the shaft pin passes,
    상기 헤드와 상기 베이스의 사이에 상기 케이블 부재가 배치되고, 상기 축핀에 상기 케이블 부재가 접촉되어 상기 케이블 부재에 가해지는 장력이 상기 축핀에 의해 유지되는,The cable member is disposed between the head and the base, and the cable member is in contact with the shaft pin so that a tension applied to the cable member is maintained by the shaft pin,
    유아용 캐리어.Infant carrier.
  11. 사용자의 허리에 착용 가능하게 제공되고, 제1 착용부와 제2 착용부를 포함하는 허리착용부재;A waist wearing member provided to be worn on the user's waist and including a first wearing portion and a second wearing portion;
    상기 허리착용부재에 제공되고, 상기 허리착용부재가 상기 사용자의 허리에 착용되었을 때, 상기 제1 착용부와 상기 제2 착용부 사이의 간격을 조절하기 위한 조임유닛;A tightening unit provided on the waist wearing member and configured to adjust a gap between the first wearing portion and the second wearing portion when the waist wearing member is worn on the user's waist;
    상기 제1 착용부와 상기 제2 착용부 중 적어도 하나의 단부에 연결되고, 길이가 가변될 수 있는 신축 부재; 및An elastic member connected to an end of at least one of the first wearing part and the second wearing part and having a variable length; And
    상기 신축 부재의 단부에 연결되고, 상기 사용자의 허리를 지지할 수 있는 등판을 포함하고,It is connected to the end of the elastic member and includes a back plate capable of supporting the waist of the user,
    상기 제1 착용부와 상기 제2 착용부 사이의 간격이 조절되면서 변함에 따라 상기 신축 부재의 길이가 변화되고,The length of the elastic member is changed as the distance between the first wearing part and the second wearing part is adjusted and changed,
    상기 조임유닛은,The tightening unit,
    상기 제1 착용부와 상기 제2 착용부를 연결하고, 상기 등판에 연결되는 케이블 부재;A cable member connecting the first wearing part and the second wearing part and connected to the back plate;
    상기 케이블 부재가 권취될 수 있고, 권취된 상기 케이블 부재의 적어도 일부를 선택적으로 풀어서 상기 제1 착용부와 상기 제2 착용부 사이의 간격을 조절하는 조절부; 및The cable member may be wound, and an adjustment unit for selectively releasing at least a portion of the wound cable member to adjust a gap between the first wearing unit and the second wearing unit; And
    상기 등판에 제공되고, 상기 조절부에 의해 이동되는 상기 케이블 부재의 이동 경로를 가이드하는 가이드부를 포함하고,It is provided on the back plate, and includes a guide portion for guiding a movement path of the cable member moved by the adjustment portion,
    상기 가이드부는,The guide part,
    상기 케이블 부재가 일부 수용되는 지지홈이 둘레면을 따라 요입 형성되는 헤드;A head in which a support groove in which the cable member is partially accommodated is concavely formed along a circumferential surface;
    상기 헤드의 일 면으로부터 연장되는 축핀; 및A shaft pin extending from one surface of the head; And
    상기 등판에 연결되고, 상기 축핀이 관통하는 베이스를 포함하고,It is connected to the back plate and includes a base through which the shaft pin passes,
    상기 지지홈에 상기 케이블 부재가 접촉되어 상기 케이블 부재에 가해지는 장력이 상기 지지홈에 의해 유지되는,The cable member is in contact with the support groove so that the tension applied to the cable member is maintained by the support groove,
    유아용 캐리어.Infant carrier.
  12. 제10 항 또는 제11 항에 있어서,The method of claim 10 or 11,
    상기 가이드부는 한 쌍씩 제공되고, 한 쌍의 가이드부의 사이로 상기 케이블 부재가 통과하면서 상기 케이블 부재의 이동 경로가 가이드되는,The guide portion is provided in pairs, and the cable member passes through between the pair of guide portions to guide the movement path of the cable member,
    유아용 캐리어.Infant carrier.
  13. 제10 항 또는 제11 항에 있어서,The method of claim 10 or 11,
    상기 제2 착용부를 상기 등판에 연결하는 고정 부재를 더 포함하고,Further comprising a fixing member connecting the second wearing part to the back,
    상기 제1 착용부는 상기 신축 부재를 통해 상기 등판과 연결되는,The first wearing part is connected to the back plate through the elastic member,
    유아용 캐리어.Infant carrier.
  14. 제13 항에 있어서,The method of claim 13,
    상기 등판은,The back plate,
    사용자의 허리를 지지하도록 소정의 강성을 갖는 재질로서 제공되는 백플레이트; 및A back plate provided as a material having a predetermined rigidity to support a user's waist; And
    상기 백플레이트를 내부에 수용하여 커버하는 등판 커버를 포함하고,And a back plate cover receiving and covering the back plate therein,
    상기 신축 부재는 상기 백플레이트 또는 상기 등판 커버와 연결되고,The elastic member is connected to the back plate or the back cover,
    상기 고정 부재는 상기 백플레이트 또는 상기 등판 커버에 고정되는,The fixing member is fixed to the back plate or the back plate cover,
    유아용 캐리어.Infant carrier.
  15. 제14 항에 있어서,The method of claim 14,
    상기 조임유닛은,The tightening unit,
    상기 제1 착용부와 상기 제2 착용부를 연결하는 케이블 부재를 포함하고,Including a cable member connecting the first wearing portion and the second wearing portion,
    상기 등판 커버에는 상기 제1 착용부의 단부로부터 연장되는 상기 케이블 부재와 상기 제2 착용부가 통과되는 하나 이상의 슬릿이 형성되는,The back cover has one or more slits through which the cable member extending from the end of the first wearing unit and the second wearing unit are formed,
    유아용 캐리어.Infant carrier.
  16. 사용자의 허리에 착용 가능하게 제공되고, 제1 착용부와 제2 착용부를 포함하는 허리착용부재;A waist wearing member provided to be worn on the user's waist and including a first wearing portion and a second wearing portion;
    상기 허리착용부재에 제공되고, 상기 허리착용부재가 상기 사용자의 허리에 착용되었을 때, 상기 제1 착용부와 상기 제2 착용부 사이의 간격을 조절하기 위한 조임유닛;A tightening unit provided on the waist wearing member and configured to adjust a gap between the first wearing portion and the second wearing portion when the waist wearing member is worn on the user's waist;
    상기 제1 착용부와 상기 제2 착용부 중 적어도 하나의 단부에 연결되고, 길이가 가변될 수 있는 신축 부재; 및An elastic member connected to an end of at least one of the first wearing part and the second wearing part and having a variable length; And
    상기 신축 부재의 단부에 연결되고, 상기 사용자의 허리를 지지할 수 있는 등판을 포함하고,It is connected to the end of the elastic member and includes a back plate capable of supporting the waist of the user,
    상기 제1 착용부와 상기 제2 착용부 사이의 간격이 조절되면서 변함에 따라 상기 신축 부재의 길이가 변화되고,The length of the elastic member is changed as the distance between the first wearing part and the second wearing part is adjusted and changed,
    상기 등판은,The back plate,
    사용자의 허리를 지지하도록 소정의 강성을 갖는 재질로서 제공되는 백플레이트; 및A back plate provided as a material having a predetermined rigidity to support a user's waist; And
    상기 백플레이트를 내부에 수용하여 커버하는 등판 커버를 포함하고,And a back plate cover receiving and covering the back plate therein,
    상기 신축 부재는 상기 백플레이트 또는 상기 등판 커버와 연결되고,The elastic member is connected to the back plate or the back cover,
    상기 조임유닛은,The tightening unit,
    상기 제1 착용부와 상기 제2 착용부를 연결하는 케이블 부재를 포함하고,Including a cable member connecting the first wearing portion and the second wearing portion,
    상기 등판 커버에는 상기 제1 착용부 및 상기 제2 착용부 중 적어도 하나의 단부로부터 연장되는 상기 케이블 부재가 통과되는 슬릿이 형성되고,A slit through which the cable member extending from at least one end of the first wearing part and the second wearing part passes is formed on the back cover,
    상기 신축 부재의 일단이 상기 제1 착용부와 상기 제2 착용부 중 어느 하나의 단부에 연결되고, 타단이 상기 슬릿에 연결되며,One end of the elastic member is connected to one end of the first wearing part and the second wearing part, and the other end is connected to the slit,
    상기 신축 부재는 내부에 중공을 포함하고, 상기 중공으로 상기 케이블 부재가 통과되는,The elastic member includes a hollow inside, and the cable member passes through the hollow,
    유아용 캐리어.Infant carrier.
  17. 사용자의 허리에 착용 가능하게 제공되고, 제1 착용부와 제2 착용부를 포함하는 허리착용부재;A waist wearing member provided to be worn on the user's waist and including a first wearing portion and a second wearing portion;
    상기 허리착용부재에 제공되고, 상기 허리착용부재가 상기 사용자의 허리에 착용되었을 때, 상기 제1 착용부와 상기 제2 착용부 사이의 간격을 조절하기 위한 조임유닛;A tightening unit provided on the waist wearing member and configured to adjust a gap between the first wearing portion and the second wearing portion when the waist wearing member is worn on the user's waist;
    상기 제1 착용부와 상기 제2 착용부 중 적어도 하나의 단부에 연결되고, 길이가 가변될 수 있는 신축 부재; 및An elastic member connected to an end of at least one of the first wearing part and the second wearing part and having a variable length; And
    상기 신축 부재의 단부에 연결되고, 상기 사용자의 허리를 지지할 수 있는 등판을 포함하고,It is connected to the end of the elastic member and includes a back plate capable of supporting the waist of the user,
    상기 제1 착용부와 상기 제2 착용부 사이의 간격이 조절되면서 변함에 따라 상기 신축 부재의 길이가 변화되고,The length of the elastic member is changed as the distance between the first wearing part and the second wearing part is adjusted and changed,
    상기 제2 착용부를 상기 등판에 연결하는 고정 부재를 더 포함하고,Further comprising a fixing member connecting the second wearing part to the back,
    상기 제1 착용부는 상기 신축 부재를 통해 상기 등판과 연결되고,The first wearing part is connected to the back plate through the elastic member,
    상기 등판은,The back plate,
    사용자의 허리를 지지하도록 소정의 강성을 갖는 재질로서 제공되는 백플레이트; 및A back plate provided as a material having a predetermined rigidity to support a user's waist; And
    상기 백플레이트를 내부에 수용하여 커버하는 등판 커버를 포함하고,And a back plate cover receiving and covering the back plate therein,
    상기 신축 부재는 상기 백플레이트 또는 상기 등판 커버와 연결되고,The elastic member is connected to the back plate or the back cover,
    상기 고정 부재는 상기 백플레이트 또는 상기 등판 커버에 고정되고,The fixing member is fixed to the back plate or the back plate cover,
    상기 조임유닛은,The tightening unit,
    상기 제1 착용부와 상기 제2 착용부를 연결하는 케이블 부재를 포함하고,Including a cable member connecting the first wearing portion and the second wearing portion,
    상기 등판 커버에는 상기 제1 착용부의 단부로부터 연장되는 상기 케이블 부재와 상기 제2 착용부가 통과되는 하나 이상의 슬릿이 형성되고,At least one slit through which the cable member extending from the end of the first wearing part and the second wearing part pass is formed on the back cover,
    상기 신축 부재의 일단이 상기 제1 착용부의 단부에 연결되고, 타단이 상기 슬릿에 연결되며,One end of the elastic member is connected to an end of the first wearing part, and the other end is connected to the slit,
    상기 신축 부재는 내부에 중공을 포함하고, 상기 중공으로 상기 케이블 부재가 통과되는,The elastic member includes a hollow inside, and the cable member passes through the hollow,
    유아용 캐리어.Infant carrier.
  18. 제10 항, 제11 항, 제16 항 또는 제17 항에 있어서,The method of claim 10, 11, 16 or 17,
    일측에 상기 제1 착용부의 단부가 연결되고, 타측에 상기 제2 착용부의 단부가 연결되며, 유아의 엉덩이를 받침으로써 유아의 하중을 지지하는 힙시트를 더 포함하는,An end of the first wearing part is connected to one side, an end of the second wearing part is connected to the other side, and further comprising a hip seat for supporting the infant's load by supporting the infant's hip,
    유아용 캐리어.Infant carrier.
  19. 사용자의 허리에 착용 가능하게 제공되고, 제1 착용부와 제2 착용부를 포함하는 허리착용부재;A waist wearing member provided to be worn on the user's waist and including a first wearing portion and a second wearing portion;
    상기 허리착용부재에 제공되고, 상기 허리착용부재가 상기 사용자의 허리에 착용되었을 때, 상기 제1 착용부와 상기 제2 착용부 사이의 간격을 조절하기 위한 조임유닛;A tightening unit provided on the waist wearing member and configured to adjust a gap between the first wearing portion and the second wearing portion when the waist wearing member is worn on the user's waist;
    상기 사용자의 허리를 지지하도록 소정의 강성을 갖는 재질로서 제공되는 백플레이트를 포함하는 등판; 및A back plate including a back plate provided as a material having a predetermined rigidity to support the user's waist; And
    상기 제1 착용부와 상기 제2 착용부 중 적어도 하나의 단부에 연결되고, 길이가 가변될 수 있는 신축 부재를 포함하고,An elastic member connected to at least one end of the first wearing part and the second wearing part and having a variable length,
    상기 조임유닛은,The tightening unit,
    상기 허리착용부재와 상기 등판을 연결하고, 상기 등판에 대하여 슬라이드 이동 가능하게 제공되는 이동 부재; 및A moving member that connects the waist wearing member and the back plate and is provided to be slidably moved with respect to the back plate; And
    상기 제1 착용부와 상기 제2 착용부를 연결하는 케이블 부재를 포함하고,Including a cable member connecting the first wearing portion and the second wearing portion,
    상기 이동 부재는 상기 조임유닛의 조작에 의해 상기 등판 상에서 이동될 수 있고, 상기 이동 부재가 상기 등판 상에서 이동됨에 따라 상기 제1 착용부와 상기 제2 착용부 사이의 간격이 변화되고,The moving member may be moved on the back plate by manipulation of the tightening unit, and as the moving member is moved on the back plate, the distance between the first wearing part and the second wearing part is changed,
    상기 등판은 상기 신축 부재의 단부에 연결되고,The back plate is connected to the end of the elastic member,
    상기 제1 착용부와 상기 제2 착용부 사이의 간격이 조절되면서 변함에 따라 상기 신축 부재의 길이가 변화되고,The length of the elastic member is changed as the distance between the first wearing part and the second wearing part is adjusted and changed,
    상기 등판은,The back plate,
    상기 백플레이트를 내부에 수용하여 커버하는 등판 커버를 포함하고,And a back plate cover receiving and covering the back plate therein,
    상기 신축 부재는 상기 백플레이트 또는 상기 등판 커버와 연결되고,The elastic member is connected to the back plate or the back cover,
    상기 등판 커버에는 상기 제1 착용부 및 상기 제2 착용부 중 적어도 하나의 단부로부터 연장되는 상기 케이블 부재가 통과되는 슬릿이 형성되고,A slit through which the cable member extending from at least one end of the first wearing part and the second wearing part passes is formed on the back cover,
    상기 신축 부재의 일단이 상기 제1 착용부와 상기 제2 착용부 중 어느 하나의 단부에 연결되고, 타단이 상기 슬릿에 연결되며,One end of the elastic member is connected to one end of the first wearing part and the second wearing part, and the other end is connected to the slit,
    상기 신축 부재는 내부에 중공을 포함하고, 상기 중공으로 상기 케이블 부재가 통과되는,The elastic member includes a hollow inside, and the cable member passes through the hollow,
    유아용 캐리어.Infant carrier.
  20. 제19 항에 있어서,The method of claim 19,
    상기 조임유닛은,The tightening unit,
    상기 제1 착용부와 상기 제2 착용부를 연결하는 케이블 부재; 및A cable member connecting the first wearing part and the second wearing part; And
    상기 케이블 부재가 권취될 수 있고, 권취된 상기 케이블 부재의 적어도 일부를 선택적으로 풀어서 상기 제1 착용부와 상기 제2 착용부 사이의 간격을 조절하는 조절부를 더 포함하는,The cable member may be wound, further comprising an adjustment unit for selectively releasing at least a portion of the wound cable member to adjust the distance between the first wearing portion and the second wearing portion,
    유아용 캐리어.Infant carrier.
  21. 제20 항에 있어서,The method of claim 20,
    상기 이동 부재는,The moving member,
    상기 케이블 부재가 통과되는 가이드 고리; 및A guide ring through which the cable member passes; And
    상기 케이블 부재의 연장 방향을 전환시키는 전환 가이드를 포함하는,Including a conversion guide for switching the extension direction of the cable member,
    유아용 캐리어.Infant carrier.
  22. 제19 항에 있어서,The method of claim 19,
    상기 조임유닛은,The tightening unit,
    일단이 상기 제1 착용부 및 상기 제2 착용부 중 적어도 하나에 연결되고, 타단이 상기 이동 부재에 연결되는 연결 부재를 더 포함하고,One end is connected to at least one of the first wearing portion and the second wearing portion, the other end further comprises a connection member connected to the moving member,
    상기 연결 부재에 의해 상기 제1 착용부 및 상기 제2 착용부 중 적어도 하나와 상기 이동 부재 사이의 간격이 일정하게 유지되는,A distance between the moving member and at least one of the first wearing part and the second wearing part is kept constant by the connection member,
    유아용 캐리어.Infant carrier.
  23. 제22 항에 있어서,The method of claim 22,
    상기 조임유닛은,The tightening unit,
    상기 제1 착용부와 상기 제2 착용부를 연결하는 케이블 부재를 더 포함하고,Further comprising a cable member connecting the first wearing portion and the second wearing portion,
    상기 케이블 부재는 상기 연결 부재를 통과하여 구비되고, 상기 연결 부재에 의해 상기 케이블 부재의 이동이 안내되는,The cable member is provided through the connection member, and the movement of the cable member is guided by the connection member,
    유아용 캐리어.Infant carrier.
  24. 제22 항에 있어서,The method of claim 22,
    상기 이동 부재는,The moving member,
    상기 등판의 일측에 배치되는 제1 이동 부재; 및A first moving member disposed on one side of the back plate; And
    상기 등판의 타측에 배치되는 제2 이동 부재를 포함하고,Including a second moving member disposed on the other side of the back,
    상기 연결 부재는,The connecting member,
    일단이 상기 제1 착용부에 연결되고, 타단이 상기 제1 이동 부재에 연결되는 제1 연결 부재; 및A first connection member having one end connected to the first wearing part and the other end connected to the first moving member; And
    일단이 상기 제2 착용부에 연결되고, 타단이 상기 제2 이동 부재에 연결되는 제2 연결 부재를 포함하는,One end is connected to the second wearing part, and the other end comprises a second connection member connected to the second moving member,
    유아용 캐리어.Infant carrier.
  25. 제19 항에 있어서,The method of claim 19,
    상기 백플레이트 상에는 하나 이상의 가이드공이 관통 형성되고,One or more guide holes are formed through the back plate,
    상기 이동 부재는,The moving member,
    상기 가이드공에 삽입되는 가이드 돌기를 포함하고,Including a guide protrusion inserted into the guide hole,
    상기 이동 부재가 상기 등판 상에서 이동시 상기 가이드 돌기가 상기 가이드공에 의해 안내되면서 이동되는,When the moving member moves on the back plate, the guide protrusion is moved while being guided by the guide hole,
    유아용 캐리어.Infant carrier.
  26. 제25 항에 있어서,The method of claim 25,
    상기 가이드공은,The guide ball,
    상기 허리착용부재와 평행한 방향으로 연장 형성되는 제1 가이드공;A first guide hole extending in a direction parallel to the waist wearing member;
    상기 제1 가이드공에 어긋나는 방향으로 연장 형성되는 제2 가이드공; 및A second guide hole extending in a direction deviating from the first guide hole; And
    상기 제1 가이드공 및 상기 제2 가이드공에 어긋나는 방향으로 연장 형성되는 제3 가이드공을 포함하고,And a third guide hole extending in a direction deviating from the first guide hole and the second guide hole,
    상기 가이드 돌기는 상기 제1 가이드공, 상기 제2 가이드공 및 상기 제3 가이드공 중 어느 하나에 삽입되는,The guide protrusion is inserted into any one of the first guide hole, the second guide hole, and the third guide hole,
    유아용 캐리어.Infant carrier.
  27. 사용자의 허리에 착용 가능하게 제공되고, 제1 착용부와 제2 착용부를 포함하는 허리착용부재;A waist wearing member provided to be worn on the user's waist and including a first wearing portion and a second wearing portion;
    상기 허리착용부재에 제공되고, 상기 허리착용부재가 상기 사용자의 허리에 착용되었을 때, 상기 제1 착용부와 상기 제2 착용부 사이의 간격을 조절하기 위한 조임유닛;A tightening unit provided on the waist wearing member and configured to adjust a gap between the first wearing portion and the second wearing portion when the waist wearing member is worn on the user's waist;
    상기 사용자의 허리를 지지하도록 소정의 강성을 갖는 재질로서 제공되는 백플레이트를 포함하는 등판; 및A back plate including a back plate provided as a material having a predetermined rigidity to support the user's waist; And
    상기 제1 착용부와 상기 제2 착용부 중 적어도 하나의 단부에 연결되고, 길이가 가변될 수 있는 신축 부재를 포함하고,An elastic member connected to at least one end of the first wearing part and the second wearing part and having a variable length,
    상기 조임유닛은,The tightening unit,
    상기 허리착용부재와 상기 등판을 연결하고, 상기 등판에 대하여 슬라이드 이동 가능하게 제공되는 이동 부재; 및A moving member that connects the waist wearing member and the back plate and is provided to be slidably moved with respect to the back plate; And
    일단이 상기 제1 착용부 및 상기 제2 착용부 중 적어도 하나에 연결되고, 타단이 상기 이동 부재에 연결되는 연결 부재를 포함하고,And a connection member having one end connected to at least one of the first wearing part and the second wearing part, and the other end connected to the moving member,
    상기 이동 부재는 상기 조임유닛의 조작에 의해 상기 등판 상에서 이동될 수 있고, 상기 이동 부재가 상기 등판 상에서 이동됨에 따라 상기 제1 착용부와 상기 제2 착용부 사이의 간격이 변화되고,The moving member may be moved on the back plate by manipulation of the tightening unit, and as the moving member is moved on the back plate, the distance between the first wearing part and the second wearing part is changed,
    상기 등판은 상기 신축 부재의 단부에 연결되고,The back plate is connected to the end of the elastic member,
    상기 제1 착용부와 상기 제2 착용부 사이의 간격이 조절되면서 변함에 따라 상기 신축 부재의 길이가 변화되고,The length of the elastic member is changed as the distance between the first wearing part and the second wearing part is adjusted and changed,
    상기 연결 부재에 의해 상기 제1 착용부 및 상기 제2 착용부 중 적어도 하나와 상기 이동 부재 사이의 간격이 일정하게 유지되고,The distance between the moving member and at least one of the first wearing part and the second wearing part is kept constant by the connection member,
    상기 신축 부재 내부로 상기 연결 부재가 통과되는,The connection member is passed into the elastic member,
    유아용 캐리어.Infant carrier.
  28. 제19 항에 있어서,The method of claim 19,
    상기 제2 착용부를 상기 등판에 연결하는 고정 부재를 더 포함하고,Further comprising a fixing member connecting the second wearing part to the back,
    상기 제1 착용부는 상기 이동 부재와 연결되고,The first wearing part is connected to the moving member,
    상기 고정 부재에 의해 상기 제2 착용부의 상기 등판에 대한 위치가 고정되는,The position of the second wearing part with respect to the back plate is fixed by the fixing member,
    유아용 캐리어.Infant carrier.
  29. 제28 항에 있어서,The method of claim 28,
    상기 등판은,The back plate,
    상기 백플레이트를 내부에 수용하여 커버하는 등판 커버를 포함하고,And a back plate cover receiving and covering the back plate therein,
    상기 고정 부재는 상기 백플레이트 또는 상기 등판 커버에 고정되는,The fixing member is fixed to the back plate or the back plate cover,
    유아용 캐리어.Infant carrier.
  30. 제29 항에 있어서,The method of claim 29,
    상기 조임유닛은,The tightening unit,
    상기 제1 착용부와 상기 제2 착용부를 연결하는 케이블 부재를 포함하고,Including a cable member connecting the first wearing portion and the second wearing portion,
    상기 등판 커버에는 상기 제1 착용부의 단부로부터 연장되는 상기 케이블 부재와 상기 제2 착용부가 통과되는 하나 이상의 슬릿이 형성되는,The back cover has one or more slits through which the cable member extending from the end of the first wearing unit and the second wearing unit are formed,
    유아용 캐리어.Infant carrier.
  31. 제30 항에 있어서,The method of claim 30,
    상기 제1 착용부의 단부에 연결되고, 길이가 가변될 수 있는 신축 부재를 더 포함하고,Further comprising an elastic member connected to the end of the first wearing portion, the length can be variable,
    상기 신축 부재의 일단이 상기 제1 착용부의 단부에 연결되고, 타단이 상기 슬릿에 연결되며,One end of the elastic member is connected to an end of the first wearing part, and the other end is connected to the slit,
    상기 신축 부재는 내부에 중공을 포함하고, 상기 중공으로 상기 케이블 부재가 통과되는,The elastic member includes a hollow inside, and the cable member passes through the hollow,
    유아용 캐리어.Infant carrier.
  32. 제28 항에 있어서,The method of claim 28,
    상기 조임유닛은,The tightening unit,
    일단이 상기 제1 착용부에 연결되고, 타단이 상기 이동 부재에 연결되는 연결 부재를 더 포함하고,One end is connected to the first wearing part, the other end further comprises a connection member connected to the moving member,
    상기 연결 부재에 의해 상기 제1 착용부와 상기 이동 부재 사이의 간격이 일정하게 유지되는,The distance between the first wearing part and the moving member is kept constant by the connection member,
    유아용 캐리어.Infant carrier.
  33. 사용자의 허리에 착용 가능하게 제공되고, 제1 착용부와 제2 착용부를 포함하는 허리착용부재;A waist wearing member provided to be worn on the user's waist and including a first wearing portion and a second wearing portion;
    상기 허리착용부재에 제공되고, 상기 허리착용부재가 상기 사용자의 허리에 착용되었을 때, 상기 제1 착용부와 상기 제2 착용부 사이의 간격을 조절하기 위한 조임유닛;A tightening unit provided on the waist wearing member and configured to adjust a gap between the first wearing portion and the second wearing portion when the waist wearing member is worn on the user's waist;
    상기 사용자의 허리를 지지하도록 소정의 강성을 갖는 재질로서 제공되는 백플레이트를 포함하는 등판; 및A back plate including a back plate provided as a material having a predetermined rigidity to support the user's waist; And
    상기 제1 착용부의 단부에 연결되고, 길이가 가변될 수 있는 신축 부재를 포함하고,It is connected to the end of the first wearing part and includes an elastic member having a variable length,
    상기 조임유닛은,The tightening unit,
    상기 허리착용부재와 상기 등판을 연결하고, 상기 등판에 대하여 슬라이드 이동 가능하게 제공되는 이동 부재; 및A moving member that connects the waist wearing member and the back plate and is provided to be slidably moved with respect to the back plate; And
    일단이 상기 제1 착용부에 연결되고, 타단이 상기 이동 부재에 연결되는 연결 부재를 포함하고,One end is connected to the first wearing part, and the other end includes a connection member connected to the moving member,
    상기 이동 부재는 상기 조임유닛의 조작에 의해 상기 등판 상에서 이동될 수 있고, 상기 이동 부재가 상기 등판 상에서 이동됨에 따라 상기 제1 착용부와 상기 제2 착용부 사이의 간격이 변화되고,The moving member may be moved on the back plate by manipulation of the tightening unit, and as the moving member is moved on the back plate, the distance between the first wearing part and the second wearing part is changed,
    상기 제2 착용부를 상기 등판에 연결하는 고정 부재를 더 포함하고,Further comprising a fixing member connecting the second wearing part to the back,
    상기 제1 착용부는 상기 이동 부재와 연결되고,The first wearing part is connected to the moving member,
    상기 고정 부재에 의해 상기 제2 착용부의 상기 등판에 대한 위치가 고정되고,The position of the second wearing part with respect to the back plate is fixed by the fixing member,
    상기 연결 부재에 의해 상기 제1 착용부와 상기 이동 부재 사이의 간격이 일정하게 유지되고,The distance between the first wearing part and the moving member is kept constant by the connection member,
    상기 신축 부재 내부로 상기 연결 부재가 통과되는,The connection member is passed into the elastic member,
    유아용 캐리어.Infant carrier.
  34. 제19 항 내지 제33 항 중 어느 한 항에 있어서,The method according to any one of claims 19 to 33,
    일측에 상기 제1 착용부의 단부가 연결되고, 타측에 상기 제2 착용부의 단부가 연결되며, 유아의 엉덩이를 받침으로써 유아의 하중을 지지하는 힙시트를 더 포함하는,An end of the first wearing part is connected to one side, an end of the second wearing part is connected to the other side, and further comprising a hip seat for supporting the infant's load by supporting the infant's hip,
    유아용 캐리어.Infant carrier.
  35. 사용자의 허리에 착용 가능하게 제공되고, 제1 착용부와 제2 착용부를 포함하는 허리착용부재; A waist wearing member provided to be worn on the user's waist and including a first wearing portion and a second wearing portion;
    상기 허리착용부재에 제공되고, 상기 허리착용부재가 상기 사용자의 허리에 착용되었을 때, 상기 제1 착용부와 상기 제2 착용부 사이의 간격을 조절하기 위한 조임유닛; 및A tightening unit provided on the waist wearing member and configured to adjust a gap between the first wearing portion and the second wearing portion when the waist wearing member is worn on the user's waist; And
    상기 사용자의 허리를 지지하도록 소정의 강성을 갖는 재질로서 제공되는 백플레이트를 포함하는 등판을 포함하고,It includes a back plate including a back plate provided as a material having a predetermined rigidity to support the user's waist,
    상기 조임유닛은,The tightening unit,
    상기 등판에 체결되고, 상기 등판에 대하여 슬라이드 이동 가능하게 제공되는 이동 부재를 포함하고,It is fastened to the back plate and includes a moving member provided to be slidably moved with respect to the back plate,
    상기 이동 부재는,The moving member,
    상기 제1 착용부와 연결되는 제1 이동 부재; 및A first moving member connected to the first wearing part; And
    상기 제2 착용부와 연결되는 제2 이동 부재를 포함하고,Including a second moving member connected to the second wearing part,
    상기 조임유닛의 조작에 의해 상기 제1 이동 부재와 상기 제2 이동 부재가 서로 멀어지는 방향으로 이동됨에 따라 상기 제1 착용부와 상기 제2 착용부 사이의 간격이 좁아지고,As the first moving member and the second moving member are moved in a direction away from each other by the operation of the tightening unit, the gap between the first wearing part and the second wearing part is narrowed,
    상기 조임유닛은, The tightening unit,
    상기 제1 착용부와 상기 제2 착용부를 연결하는 케이블 부재; A cable member connecting the first wearing part and the second wearing part;
    상기 케이블 부재가 권취될 수 있고, 권취된 상기 케이블 부재의 적어도 일부를 선택적으로 풀어서 상기 제1 착용부와 상기 제2 착용부 사이의 간격을 조절하는 조절부; 및The cable member may be wound, and an adjustment unit for selectively releasing at least a portion of the wound cable member to adjust a gap between the first wearing unit and the second wearing unit; And
    상기 등판에 제공되고, 상기 조절부에 의해 이동되는 상기 케이블 부재의 이동 경로를 가이드하는 가이드부를 더 포함하고,It is provided on the back plate, further comprising a guide portion for guiding the movement path of the cable member moved by the adjustment portion,
    상기 가이드부는, The guide part,
    헤드;head;
    상기 헤드의 일 면으로부터 연장되는 축핀; 및A shaft pin extending from one surface of the head; And
    상기 등판에 연결되고, 상기 축핀이 관통하는 베이스를 포함하고,It is connected to the back plate and includes a base through which the shaft pin passes,
    상기 헤드와 상기 베이스의 사이에 상기 케이블 부재가 배치되고, 상기 축핀에 상기 케이블 부재가 접촉되어 상기 케이블 부재에 가해지는 장력이 상기 축핀에 의해 유지되는,The cable member is disposed between the head and the base, and the cable member is in contact with the shaft pin so that a tension applied to the cable member is maintained by the shaft pin,
    유아용 캐리어.Infant carrier.
  36. 사용자의 허리에 착용 가능하게 제공되고, 제1 착용부와 제2 착용부를 포함하는 허리착용부재; A waist wearing member provided to be worn on the user's waist and including a first wearing portion and a second wearing portion;
    상기 허리착용부재에 제공되고, 상기 허리착용부재가 상기 사용자의 허리에 착용되었을 때, 상기 제1 착용부와 상기 제2 착용부 사이의 간격을 조절하기 위한 조임유닛; 및A tightening unit provided on the waist wearing member and configured to adjust a gap between the first wearing portion and the second wearing portion when the waist wearing member is worn on the user's waist; And
    상기 사용자의 허리를 지지하도록 소정의 강성을 갖는 재질로서 제공되는 백플레이트를 포함하는 등판을 포함하고,It includes a back plate including a back plate provided as a material having a predetermined rigidity to support the user's waist,
    상기 조임유닛은,The tightening unit,
    상기 등판에 체결되고, 상기 등판에 대하여 슬라이드 이동 가능하게 제공되는 이동 부재를 포함하고,It is fastened to the back plate and includes a moving member provided to be slidably moved with respect to the back plate,
    상기 이동 부재는,The moving member,
    상기 제1 착용부와 연결되는 제1 이동 부재; 및A first moving member connected to the first wearing part; And
    상기 제2 착용부와 연결되는 제2 이동 부재를 포함하고,Including a second moving member connected to the second wearing part,
    상기 조임유닛의 조작에 의해 상기 제1 이동 부재와 상기 제2 이동 부재가 서로 멀어지는 방향으로 이동됨에 따라 상기 제1 착용부와 상기 제2 착용부 사이의 간격이 좁아지고,As the first moving member and the second moving member are moved in a direction away from each other by the operation of the tightening unit, the gap between the first wearing part and the second wearing part is narrowed,
    상기 조임유닛은, The tightening unit,
    상기 제1 착용부와 상기 제2 착용부를 연결하는 케이블 부재; A cable member connecting the first wearing part and the second wearing part;
    상기 케이블 부재가 권취될 수 있고, 권취된 상기 케이블 부재의 적어도 일부를 선택적으로 풀어서 상기 제1 착용부와 상기 제2 착용부 사이의 간격을 조절하는 조절부; 및The cable member may be wound, and an adjustment unit for selectively releasing at least a portion of the wound cable member to adjust a gap between the first wearing unit and the second wearing unit; And
    상기 등판에 제공되고, 상기 조절부에 의해 이동되는 상기 케이블 부재의 이동 경로를 가이드하는 가이드부를 더 포함하고,It is provided on the back plate, further comprising a guide portion for guiding the movement path of the cable member moved by the adjustment portion,
    상기 가이드부는, The guide part,
    상기 케이블 부재가 일부 수용되는 지지홈이 둘레면을 따라 요입 형성되는 헤드;A head in which a support groove in which the cable member is partially accommodated is concavely formed along a circumferential surface;
    상기 헤드의 일 면으로부터 연장되는 축핀; 및A shaft pin extending from one surface of the head; And
    상기 등판에 연결되고, 상기 축핀이 관통하는 베이스를 포함하고,It is connected to the back plate and includes a base through which the shaft pin passes,
    상기 지지홈에 상기 케이블 부재가 접촉되어 상기 케이블 부재에 가해지는 장력이 상기 지지홈에 의해 유지되는,The cable member is in contact with the support groove so that the tension applied to the cable member is maintained by the support groove,
    유아용 캐리어.Infant carrier.
  37. 제35 항 또는 제36 항에 있어서,The method of claim 35 or 36,
    상기 제1 착용부와 상기 제2 착용부 중 적어도 하나의 단부에 연결되고, 길이가 가변될 수 있는 신축 부재를 더 포함하고,Further comprising an elastic member connected to an end of at least one of the first wearing portion and the second wearing portion and having a variable length,
    상기 등판은 상기 신축 부재의 단부에 연결되고,The back plate is connected to the end of the elastic member,
    상기 제1 착용부와 상기 제2 착용부 사이의 간격이 조절되면서 변함에 따라 상기 신축 부재의 길이가 변화되는,The length of the elastic member is changed as the distance between the first wearing part and the second wearing part is adjusted,
    유아용 캐리어.Infant carrier.
  38. 제37 항에 있어서, The method of claim 37,
    상기 등판은,The back plate,
    상기 백플레이트를 내부에 수용하여 커버하는 등판 커버를 더 포함하고,Further comprising a back plate cover receiving and covering the back plate inside,
    상기 신축 부재는 상기 백플레이트 또는 상기 등판 커버와 연결되는,The elastic member is connected to the back plate or the back cover,
    유아용 캐리어.Infant carrier.
  39. 제38 항에 있어서, The method of claim 38,
    상기 조임유닛은, The tightening unit,
    상기 제1 착용부와 상기 제2 착용부를 연결하는 케이블 부재를 포함하고,Including a cable member connecting the first wearing portion and the second wearing portion,
    상기 등판 커버에는 상기 제1 착용부 및 상기 제2 착용부 중 적어도 하나의 단부로부터 연장되는 상기 케이블 부재가 통과되는 슬릿이 형성되는,The back cover is formed with a slit through which the cable member extending from at least one end of the first wearing part and the second wearing part passes,
    유아용 캐리어.Infant carrier.
  40. 사용자의 허리에 착용 가능하게 제공되고, 제1 착용부와 제2 착용부를 포함하는 허리착용부재; A waist wearing member provided to be worn on the user's waist and including a first wearing portion and a second wearing portion;
    상기 허리착용부재에 제공되고, 상기 허리착용부재가 상기 사용자의 허리에 착용되었을 때, 상기 제1 착용부와 상기 제2 착용부 사이의 간격을 조절하기 위한 조임유닛; 및A tightening unit provided on the waist wearing member and configured to adjust a gap between the first wearing portion and the second wearing portion when the waist wearing member is worn on the user's waist; And
    상기 사용자의 허리를 지지하도록 소정의 강성을 갖는 재질로서 제공되는 백플레이트를 포함하는 등판을 포함하고,It includes a back plate including a back plate provided as a material having a predetermined rigidity to support the user's waist,
    상기 조임유닛은,The tightening unit,
    상기 등판에 체결되고, 상기 등판에 대하여 슬라이드 이동 가능하게 제공되는 이동 부재; 및A moving member fastened to the back plate and provided to be slidably moved with respect to the back plate; And
    상기 제1 착용부와 상기 제2 착용부를 연결하는 케이블 부재를 포함하고 Including a cable member connecting the first wearing portion and the second wearing portion,
    상기 이동 부재는,The moving member,
    상기 제1 착용부와 연결되는 제1 이동 부재; 및A first moving member connected to the first wearing part; And
    상기 제2 착용부와 연결되는 제2 이동 부재를 포함하고,Including a second moving member connected to the second wearing part,
    상기 조임유닛의 조작에 의해 상기 제1 이동 부재와 상기 제2 이동 부재가 서로 멀어지는 방향으로 이동됨에 따라 상기 제1 착용부와 상기 제2 착용부 사이의 간격이 좁아지고,As the first moving member and the second moving member are moved in a direction away from each other by the operation of the tightening unit, the gap between the first wearing part and the second wearing part is narrowed,
    상기 제1 착용부와 상기 제2 착용부 중 적어도 하나의 단부에 연결되고, 길이가 가변될 수 있는 신축 부재를 더 포함하고,Further comprising an elastic member connected to an end of at least one of the first wearing portion and the second wearing portion and having a variable length,
    상기 등판은 상기 신축 부재의 단부에 연결되고,The back plate is connected to the end of the elastic member,
    상기 제1 착용부와 상기 제2 착용부 사이의 간격이 조절되면서 변함에 따라 상기 신축 부재의 길이가 변화되고, The length of the elastic member is changed as the distance between the first wearing part and the second wearing part is adjusted and changed,
    상기 등판은,The back plate,
    상기 백플레이트를 내부에 수용하여 커버하는 등판 커버를 더 포함하고,Further comprising a back plate cover receiving and covering the back plate inside,
    상기 신축 부재는 상기 백플레이트 또는 상기 등판 커버와 연결되고,The elastic member is connected to the back plate or the back cover,
    상기 등판 커버에는 상기 제1 착용부 및 상기 제2 착용부 중 적어도 하나의 단부로부터 연장되는 상기 케이블 부재가 통과되는 슬릿이 형성되고,A slit through which the cable member extending from at least one end of the first wearing part and the second wearing part passes is formed on the back cover,
    상기 신축 부재의 일단이 상기 제1 착용부와 상기 제2 착용부 중 어느 하나의 단부에 연결되고, 타단이 상기 슬릿에 연결되며,One end of the elastic member is connected to one end of the first wearing part and the second wearing part, and the other end is connected to the slit,
    상기 신축 부재는 내부에 중공을 포함하고, 상기 중공으로 상기 케이블 부재가 통과되는,The elastic member includes a hollow inside, and the cable member passes through the hollow,
    유아용 캐리어.Infant carrier.
  41. 제35 항, 제36 항 및 제40 항 중 어느 한 항에 있어서, The method of any one of claims 35, 36 and 40,
    일측에 상기 제1 착용부의 단부가 연결되고, 타측에 상기 제2 착용부의 단부가 연결되며, 유아의 엉덩이를 받침으로써 유아의 하중을 지지하는 힙시트를 더 포함하는,An end of the first wearing part is connected to one side, an end of the second wearing part is connected to the other side, and further comprising a hip seat for supporting the infant's load by supporting the infant's hip,
    유아용 캐리어.Infant carrier.
PCT/KR2020/005518 2019-05-03 2020-04-27 Infant carrier WO2020226313A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (8)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
KR1020190052469A KR102042518B1 (en) 2019-05-03 2019-05-03 Baby carrier
KR10-2019-0052469 2019-05-03
KR1020190052465A KR102042517B1 (en) 2019-05-03 2019-05-03 Baby carrier
KR10-2019-0052465 2019-05-03
KR10-2019-0053611 2019-05-08
KR1020190053611A KR102042519B1 (en) 2019-05-08 2019-05-08 Baby carrier
KR1020190056180A KR102076578B1 (en) 2019-05-14 2019-05-14 Baby carrier
KR10-2019-0056180 2019-05-14

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2020226313A1 true WO2020226313A1 (en) 2020-11-12

Family

ID=73051528

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/KR2020/005518 WO2020226313A1 (en) 2019-05-03 2020-04-27 Infant carrier

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2020226313A1 (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20220176853A1 (en) * 2016-08-26 2022-06-09 Bean Ventures LLC d/b/a Nessl Baby carrier

Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP3143245U (en) * 2008-03-12 2008-07-17 株式会社ポニーベビー Baby carrier
KR101643509B1 (en) * 2015-11-25 2016-07-27 김태오 Body protector for martial arts
KR20170095093A (en) * 2016-02-12 2017-08-22 유디텔주식회사 Supporter of weist
KR20170131735A (en) * 2016-05-19 2017-11-30 엄재선 An abdominal band for protecting waist
KR101947114B1 (en) * 2018-10-04 2019-02-13 유디텔주식회사 Baby carrier

Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP3143245U (en) * 2008-03-12 2008-07-17 株式会社ポニーベビー Baby carrier
KR101643509B1 (en) * 2015-11-25 2016-07-27 김태오 Body protector for martial arts
KR20170095093A (en) * 2016-02-12 2017-08-22 유디텔주식회사 Supporter of weist
KR20170131735A (en) * 2016-05-19 2017-11-30 엄재선 An abdominal band for protecting waist
KR101947114B1 (en) * 2018-10-04 2019-02-13 유디텔주식회사 Baby carrier

Cited By (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20220176853A1 (en) * 2016-08-26 2022-06-09 Bean Ventures LLC d/b/a Nessl Baby carrier
US11440444B2 (en) * 2016-08-26 2022-09-13 Bean Ventures LLC Baby carrier
US20230001829A1 (en) * 2016-08-26 2023-01-05 Bean Ventures LLC d/b/a Nessl Baby carrier

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2018044068A1 (en) Baby wagon providing enhanced user convenience
WO2020226313A1 (en) Infant carrier
WO2016006822A1 (en) Headrest moving device
WO2021230545A1 (en) Equipment for strengthening swing motion ability
WO2021141373A1 (en) Transformable toy and toy set comprising transformable toy
WO2018016698A1 (en) Zipper fastener
WO2017003226A1 (en) Ear hook unit for preventing separation, eyeglasses frame having ear hook unit, and eyeglasses having eyeglasses frame
WO2019190112A1 (en) Air purifier capable of performing vertical rotation and horizontal rotation
WO2019124683A1 (en) Work chair
WO2017188770A1 (en) Newborn head protective pad for both guardian and infant use
WO2018009022A1 (en) Neck muscle exercise device
WO2021091228A1 (en) Helmet front cover, helmet shell, and helmet comprising same
WO2020189920A1 (en) Clothes hanger
WO2018230949A1 (en) Tactile stimulus providing apparatus
WO2020189921A1 (en) Clothes hanger
WO2023022527A1 (en) Support device for guitar, and guitar having same
WO2015167205A1 (en) Chair tilting device
WO2017026668A1 (en) Knee retractor
WO2018236097A1 (en) Headrest moving device
WO2016018020A1 (en) Men's underwear
WO2024010274A1 (en) Nail art device
WO2017034222A2 (en) String winding device, and shoes and clothes using same
WO2024010273A1 (en) Manicure device
WO2016144029A1 (en) Headrest moving device
WO2020138895A2 (en) Massage apparatus comprising leg message part having adjustable length for thigh

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 20802252

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 20802252

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1